Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
  

			
	

	 	    Document A101TM – 2007

 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated
Sum 
  

			
	AGREEMENT made as of the 25th day of September in the year 2015	  	
	 (In words, indicate day, month and year)
  

BETWEEN the Owner:
 (Name, legal status, address and
other information)
 Franklin Synergy Bank
 722 Columbia
Avenue
 Franklin, TN 37064
  

and the Contractor:
 (Name, legal status, address and other
information)
 Century Skanska, a Joint Venture
 5000
Meridian Boulevard
 Suite 100
 Franklin, TN

 
 for the following Project:

 
 Franklin Synergy Bank Tenant Up-fit

722 Columbia Avenue
 Franklin, TN 37064

 
 The Architect:

(Name, legal status, address and other information)

Crossroads Architecture
 667 Wedgewood Avenue

Nashville, TN 37203
  

The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.
	  	 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS:

The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An
Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has
added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text.
  

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

 
 AIA Document A201TM–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,
is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified.

	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  
	  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 1

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

 TABLE OF ARTICLES 
  

	1	THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 

  

	2	THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 

  

	3	DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 

  

	4	CONTRACT SUM 

  

	5	PAYMENTS 

  

	6	DISPUTE RESOLUTION 

  

	7	TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 

  

	8	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

  

	9	ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 

  

	10	INSURANCE AND BONDS 

 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 

The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, which is the AIA Document A201TM–2007, as
modified and attached hereto as Exhibit A , Drawings, Specifications, any Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, and any other documents listed in Article 9 of this Agreement, together with any Modifications issued after
execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and
supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9. 

ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 
 The Contractor shall
fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. 

ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 

§ 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date on which the Owner issues to Contractor a written Notice to Proceed (“NTP”).

 Owner agrees that it will issue the NTP for the Work within thirty (30) days after signing this Agreement. However, the NTP shall not be effective,
and Contractor shall have no obligation to commence its Work, until Owner has fulfilled the following conditions precedent and has delivered the following to Contractor: 
  

	 	(1)	this Agreement signed by the authorized representative of Owner; 

  

	 	(2)	copies of all permits required to be obtained by the Owner for the commencement of the Work at the site, if any; 

  

	 	(3)	evidence sufficient to reasonably satisfy Contractor of Owner’s financing for the Project; 

  

	 	(4)	unfettered physical and legal access to the site and any adjacent area needed to perform the Work; and 

  

	 	(5)	certificates of insurance for all insurance required to be provided by the Owner. 

 If Owner has not issued an
effective NTP within thirty (30) days after signing of this Agreement, Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work, or any part of the Work, until Contractor and Owner: (a) reach agreement on the scope and nature of equitable
adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time, including full compensation to Contractor for the delay in issuing NTP and; (b) Owner satisfies all of the above conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the NTP. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 2

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

 If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages and other security
interests, the Owner’s time requirement shall be as follows: 
 § 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement.

 § 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than 03/31/2016 ( 151 ) calendar days from the date of
commencement, or as follows: 
 (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of
commencement. If appropriate, insert requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.) 
  

					
	Portion of Work	 	Substantial Completion Date	 	

         , subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract
Documents. 
 (Insert provisions, if any, for liquidated damages relating to failure to achieve Substantial Completion on time or for bonus payments for
early completion of the Work.) 
 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 

§ 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract, (i) the initial Contract Sum shall be one million two hundred ten thousand fifty two dollars ($1,210,052.00).  

§ 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby
accepted by the Owner:  
 (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. If the bidding or proposal documents permit the Owner
to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires.) 

§ 4.3 Unit prices, if any: None 

(Identify and state the unit price; state quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable.) 

 

					
	Item	 	Units and Limitations	 	Price Per Unit ($ 0.00)

 § 4.4 Allowances included in the Contract Sum, if any: None 

(Identify allowance and state exclusions, if any, from the allowance price.) 
  

					
	Item	 	Price	 	

 § 4.5 For increases in the Work made for the Owner, the Contractor’s markup for overhead and profit shall be
Ten percent (10%) of the estimated cost of such increases. There shall be no decrease in overhead and profit for deductive change orders. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 3

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

 § 4.6 In the event that the Contractor is required to pay or bear the burden of any new federal,
state, or local tax, or of any rate increase of an existing tax (except a tax on net profits), as a result of any statute, court decision, written ruling, or regulation taking effect after the date of this Agreement, the Contract Sum shall be
increased by the amount of the new tax or tax increase. 
 ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 

§ 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 

§ 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the
Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.  

§ 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, with
costs projected through the end of the month.  
 § 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the
Architect not later than the 25th day of a month, the Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not later than the
25th day of the following month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than thirty
(30) days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment.  
 (Federal, state or local laws may require payment within a certain
period of time.) 
 § 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the
Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment.  

§ 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period
covered by the Application for Payment.  
 § 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of
each progress payment shall be computed as follows:  
  

	 	.1	Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of
the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of Five Percent (5%_ ). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.9 of AIA Document
A201TM–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, as modified; 

  

	 	.2	Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the
Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing); 

  

	 	.3	Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and 

  

	 	.4	Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201–2007, as modified. 

§ 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following
circumstances:  
  

	 	.1	Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall reasonably determine for the cost of
completing any incomplete Work; and 

 (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201–2007 requires release of applicable
retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of surety, if any.) 
  

	 	.2	Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201–2007, as
modified. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 4

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

 § 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: 

Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, Contractor shall be paid all retainages withheld, less one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the estimated
cost to remedy any defective, damaged or incomplete items of Work that are identified pursuant to Section 9.8.5 of the AIA Document A201–2007, as modified. 

§ 5.1.9 Except with the Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or
equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.  
 § 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 

§ 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when 

 

	 	.1	the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201–2007, as modified, and to satisfy other
requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and 

  

	 	.2	a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. 

 § 5.2.2 The Owner’s final
payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect’s final Certificate for Payment. 
 ARTICLE 6
DISPUTE RESOLUTION 
 § 6.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER 

The Architect will serve as Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Section 15.2 of AIA Document A201–2007, as modified, unless the parties appoint below
another individual, not a party to this Agreement, to serve as Initial Decision Maker. 
 § 6.2 BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION 

For any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Section 15.3 of AIA Document A201–2007, the method of binding dispute resolution
shall be as follows: 
 (Check the appropriate box. If the Owner and Contractor do not select a method of binding dispute resolution below, or do not
subsequently agree in writing to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, Claims will be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.) 
  

	 	x	Arbitration pursuant to Section 15.4 of AIA Document A201–2007, as modified. 

  

	 	 ̈	Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction 

  

	 	 ̈	Other (Specify) 

 ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 

§ 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007, as
modified.  
 § 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007, as
modified.  
 ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

§ 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201–2007 or another Contract Document, the
reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents.  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 5

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

 § 8.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due
at the rate stated below:  
 Prime Rate plus three percent (3.00%) per annum, but not to exceed the maximum interest rate allowed by law, with the
Prime Rate for any given month being as published on the first publication day of the same month in the “Money Rates” section of the Wall Street Journal. 

§ 8.3 The Owner’s representative: 
 (Name,
address and other information) 
 Kevin Herrington 
 Chief
Operating Officer 
 Franklin Synergy Bank 
 722 Columbia Avenue

 Franklin, TN 37064 
 § 8.4 The Contractor’s
representative: 
 (Name, address and other information) 

Dennis Norvet 
 5000 Meridian Boulevard 

Suite 100 
 Franklin, TN 37064 

§ 8.5 Neither the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. 

§ 8.6 Other provisions: 
 § 8.6.1 Extent of
Responsibility. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the design criteria required by the Contract
Documents. 
 § 8.6.2 Approvals. Whenever the approval, permission or agreement of the Owner or Architect is required under this Agreement or
any other Contract Document for an activity to be undertaken by Contractor, or the approval of the Owner or Architect is required of a document submitted by Contractor, such approval, permission or agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed. 
 § 8.6.3 Attorney’s Fees. If one party to this Agreement institutes litigation or arbitration with the other
party arising out of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or performance under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses and consultant’s fees
and expenses. The parties agree that the fee award need not be computed in accordance with any court schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all fees and expenses actually incurred in good faith, it being the intention of the parties to
fully compensate for all fees or expenses paid or incurred in good faith. The prevailing party is that party receiving substantially the relief that it sought, whether by way of arbitration award or court judgment. 

§ 8.6.4 As used herein, and in the A201TM–2007, as modified, the terms “equitable” and “equitably” shall be construed
to mean “as is reasonable under the circumstances.” 
 § 8.6.5 If any clause or provision of the Agreement (including
A201TM–2007, as modified) should be determined to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of the Agreement, then and in that event, it is the express intention of the parties hereto that
the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and it is also the express intention of the parties that, in lieu of each clause or provision of the Agreement that may be determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there may be
added as part of the Agreement a clause or provision as similar in terms of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as is possible, legal, valid and enforceable. 

ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 
 §
9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated in the sections below. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 6

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

 § 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AIA Document A101–2007, Standard Form of
Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, as modified.  
 § 9.1.2 The General Conditions are AIA Document A201–2007,
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, as modified and attached hereto as Exhibit A.  
 § 9.1.3 The
Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract: None 
  

							
	Document	 	Title	 	Date	 	Pages

 § 9.1.4 The Specifications: Contained on the drawing dated 4/28/2015 from Crossroads Architecture 

(Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) 

 

							
	Section	 	Title	 	Date	 	Pages

 § 9.1.5 The Drawings: Priced based upon drawings dated 4/28/2015 from Crossroads Architecture 

(Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) 

 

					
	Number	 	Title	 	Date

 § 9.1.6 The Addenda, if any: None 
  

					
	Number	 	Date	 	Pages

 Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements
are also enumerated in this Article 9. 
 § 9.1.7 Additional documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents: 

 

	 	.1	     

 Other documents, if any, listed below: 

None 
 ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS

 § 10.1 Required of Contractor 
 The
Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007, as modified. 
 (State
bonding requirements, if any, and limits of liability for insurance required in Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007.) 
  

			
	Type of insurance or bond	 	Limit of liability or bond amount ($ 0.00)
		
	Comprehensive General Liability	 	$1 million per occurrence/$2 million aggregate
		
	Worker Compensation	 	Statutory limits
		
	Automobile Liability	 	$1 million per occurrence/$2 million aggregate

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 7

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

 § 10.2 Required of Owner 

For all phases of the Project, the Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance as set forth in Article 11 of A201TM–2007, as modified. Owner shall
cause its Architect to maintain professional liability insurance as set forth in Section 11.2 of A201TM–2007, as modified, and said professional liability insurance shall have limits of not less than following: $2 million per
occurrence; $5 million aggregate. 
 This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. 

 

					
	 /s/ Kevin Herrington
	 		 	 /s/ Dennis R. Norvet

	OWNER (Signature)	 		 	CONTRACTOR (Signature)
			
	 Kevin Herrington, EVP, COO
	 		 	 Dennis R. Norvet, SVP

	(Printed name and title)	 		 	(Printed name and title)

  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A101TM – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:52:03 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 
 8

	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1634887538)	  			

			
	 

	  	Document A201TM – 2007

 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction 

EXHIBIT “A” 
  

					
	 for the following PROJECT:
  

Franklin Synergy Bank Tenant Up-fit
 722 Columbia Avenue

Franklin, TN 37064
	  	 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also
have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the
left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text.
  

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

	  
 THE OWNER:

(Name, legal status and address)
 Franklin Synergy Bank

722 Columbia Avenue
 Franklin, TN 37064
	  
	  
 THE ARCHITECT:

(Name, legal status and address)
 Crossroads
Architecture
 667 Wedgewood Avenue
 Nashville, TN
37203
	  
	  
 TABLE OF ARTICLES
	  
	  
 1
	  	GENERAL PROVISIONS	  
	  
 2
	  	OWNER	  
	  
 3
	  	CONTRACTOR	  
	  
 4
	  	ARCHITECT	  
			
	5	  	SUBCONTRACTORS	  	
			
	6	  	CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS	  	
			
	7	  	CHANGES IN THE WORK	  	
			
	8	  	TIME	  	
			
	9	  	PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION	  	
			
	10	  	PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY	  	
			
	11	  	INSURANCE AND BONDS	  	
			
	12	  	UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK	  	
			
	13	  	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  	
			
	14	  	TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT	  	
			
	15	  	CLAIMS AND DISPUTES	  	

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 1
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 INDEX 

(Numbers and Topics in Bold are Section Headings) 
 Acceptance
of Nonconforming Work 
 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 

Acceptance of Work 
 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3

 Access to Work 
 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 

Accident Prevention 
 10 

Acts and Omissions 
 3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 8.3.1,
9.5.1, 10.2.5, 10.2.8, 13.4.2, 13.7.1, 14.1, 15.2 
 Addenda 

1.1.1, 3.11.1 
 Additional Costs, Claims for 

3.7.4, 3.7.5, 6.1.1, 7.3.7.5, 10.3, 15.1.4 
 Additional
Inspections and Testing 
 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 

Additional Insured 
 11.1.4 

Additional Time, Claims for 
 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2,
8.3.2, 15.1.5 
 Administration of the Contract 

3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5 
 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid

 1.1.1 
 Aesthetic Effect 

4.2.13 
 Allowances 

3.8, 7.3.8 
 All-risk Insurance 

11.3.1, 11.3.1.1 
 Applications for Payment 

4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.10, 11.1.3 

Approvals 
 2.1.1, 2.2.2, 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.10.2, 3.12.8, 3.12.9,
3.12.10, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.5.1 
 Arbitration 
 8.3.1,
11.3.10, 13.1.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 
 ARCHITECT 
 4

 Architect, Definition of 
 4.1.1 

Architect, Extent of Authority 
 2.4.1, 3.12.7, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2,
6.3.1, 7.1.2, 7.3.7, 7.4, 9.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 
 Architect,
Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 
 2.1.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1,
7.4.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.3, 9.6.4, 15.1.3, 15.2 

 Architect’s Additional Services and Expenses 

2.4.1, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 
 Architect’s
Administration of the Contract 
 3.1.3, 4.2, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.4.1, 9.5 

Architect’s Approvals 
 2.4.1, 3.1.3, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 4.2.7

 Architect’s Authority to Reject Work 
 3.5.1, 4.2.6,
12.1.2, 12.2.1 
 Architect’s Copyright 
 1.1.7, 1.5 

Architect’s Decisions 
 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12,
4.2.13, 4.2.14, 6.3.1, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2.1, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 15.2, 15.3 
 Architect’s Inspections 

3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 

Architect’s Instructions 
 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.5.2

 Architect’s Interpretations 
 4.2.11, 4.2.12 

Architect’s Project Representative 
 4.2.10 

Architect’s Relationship with Contractor 
 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3,
3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5, 15.2 

Architect’s Relationship with Subcontractors 
 1.1.2, 4.2.3,
4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 
 Architect’s Representations 

9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 
 Architect’s Site Visits 

3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 
 Asbestos

 10.3.1 
 Attorneys’ Fees 

3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 
 Award of Separate Contracts 

6.1.1, 6.1.2 
 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for
Portions of the Work 
 5.2 
 Basic Definitions

 1.1 
 Bidding Requirements 

1.1.1, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 
 Binding Dispute Resolution 

9.7.1, 11.3.9, 11.3.10, 13.1.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 

Boiler and Machinery Insurance 
 11.3.2 

Bonds, Lien 
 7.3.7.4, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 

Bonds, Performance, and Payment 
 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3,
11.3.9, 11.4 

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 2
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 Building Permit 

3.7.1 
 Capitalization 

1.3 
 Certificate of Substantial Completion 

9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 
 Certificates for Payment 

4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.3 

Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 
 13.5.4 

Certificates of Insurance 
 9.10.2, 11.1.3 

Change Orders 
 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3,
3.11.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.6, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2, 15.1.3 

Change Orders, Definition of 
 7.2.1 

CHANGES IN THE WORK 
 2.2.1, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1,
7.4, 7.4.1, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.3.9 
 Claims, Definition of 

15.1.1 
 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 

3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3.1, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15,  

15.4 
 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 

15.4.1 
 Claims for Additional Cost 

3.2.4, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 7.3.9, 10.3.2, 15.1.4 
 Claims for
Additional Time 
 3.2.4, 3.7.46.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 

Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for 
 3.7.4

 Claims for Damages 
 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1,
9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 
 Claims Subject to Arbitration 

15.3.1, 15.4.1 
 Cleaning Up 

3.15, 6.3 
 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating
to 
 2.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.3.1, 11.3.6, 11.4.1, 15.1.4 

Commencement of the Work, Definition of 
 8.1.2 

Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 

3.9.1, 4.2.4 
 Completion, Conditions Relating to 

3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 

COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 
 9

 Completion, Substantial 

4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 

Compliance with Laws 
 1.6.1, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13,
4.1.1, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 
 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 

3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 
 Conditions of the Contract 

1.1.1, 6.1.1, 6.1.4 
 Consent, Written 

3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.3.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 

Consolidation or Joinder 
 15.4.4 

CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 
 1.1.4,
6 
 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 

7.3.1 
 Construction Change Directives 

1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 

Construction Schedules, Contractor’s 
 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2,
6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 
 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 

5.4, 14.2.2.2 
 Continuing Contract Performance 

15.1.3 
 Contract, Definition of 

1.1.2 
 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE

 5.4.1.1, 11.3.9, 14 
 Contract Administration 

3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 
 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions
Relating to 
 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 

Contract Documents, The 
 1.1.1 

Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 
 1.5.2, 2.2.5,
5.3 
 Contract Documents, Definition of 
 1.1.1

 Contract Sum 
 3.7.4, 3.8, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4,
9.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4, 15.2.5 
 Contract Sum, Definition of 

9.1 
 Contract Time 

3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5.1, 15.2.5

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 3
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 Contract Time, Definition of 

8.1.1 
 CONTRACTOR 

3 
 Contractor, Definition of 

3.1, 6.1.2 
 Contractor’s Construction Schedules

 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 

Contractor’s Employees 
 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2,
4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, 
 Contractor’s Liability Insurance 

11.1 
 Contractor’s Relationship with Separate
Contractors and Owner’s Forces 
 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 Contractor’s Relationship with Subcontractors 

1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 

Contractor’s Relationship with the Architect 
 1.1.2, 1.5,
3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.5, 15.1.2, 15.2.1 

Contractor’s Representations 
 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6,
6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2 
 Contractor’s Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 

3.3.2, 3.18, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.5.1, 10.2.8 
 Contractor’s
Review of Contract Documents 
 3.2 
 Contractor’s Right to
Stop the Work 
 9.7 
 Contractor’s Right to Terminate the
Contract 
 14.1, 15.1.6 
 Contractor’s Submittals 

3.10, 3.11, 3.12.4, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.2 

Contractor’s Superintendent 
 3.9, 10.2.6 

Contractor’s Supervision and Construction Procedures 
 1.2.2,
3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 7.3.7, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 
 Contractual Liability Insurance 

11.1.1.8, 11.2 
 Coordination and Correlation 

1.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 
 Copies Furnished
of Drawings and Specifications 
 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.11 
 Copyrights

 1.5, 3.17 
 Correction of Work 

2.3, 2.4, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2 

Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 
 1.2

 Cost, Definition of 

7.3.7 
 Costs 

2.4.1, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.3, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 

Cutting and Patching 
 3.14, 6.2.5 

Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 
 3.14.2,
6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 11.1.1, 11.3, 12.2.4 
 Damage to the Work 

3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4.1, 11.3.1, 12.2.4 
 Damages,
Claims for 
 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 

Damages for Delay 
 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2 

Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 
 8.1.2

 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 

8.1.3 
 Day, Definition of 

8.1.4 
 Decisions of the Architect 

3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 15.2, 6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2.1, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 

Decisions to Withhold Certification 
 9.4.1, 9.5,
9.7, 14.1.1.3 
 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 

2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 

Defective Work, Definition of 
 3.5.1 

Definitions 
 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3,
4.1.1, 15.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 
 Delays and Extensions of Time 

3.2., 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 

Disputes 
 6.3.1, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 

Documents and Samples at the Site 
 3.11 

Drawings, Definition of 
 1.1.5 

Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 
 3.11 

Effective Date of Insurance 
 8.2.2, 11.1.2 

Emergencies 
 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.4

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 4
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 
 Employees, Contractor’s 

3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 

Equipment, Labor, Materials or 
 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2,
3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13.1, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 
 Execution and Progress
of the Work 
 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 8.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 10.2,
10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.3 
 Extensions of Time 
 3.2.4,
3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 
 Failure of Payment 

9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 
 Faulty
Work 
 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 
 Final
Completion and Final Payment 
 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 

Financial Arrangements, Owner’s 
 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4

 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 
 11.3.1.1 

GENERAL PROVISIONS 
 1 

Governing Law 
 13.1 

Guarantees (See Warranty) 
 Hazardous Materials 

10.2.4, 10.3 
 Identification of Subcontractors and
Suppliers 
 5.2.1 
 Indemnification 

3.17.1, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 

Information and Services Required of the Owner 
 2.1.2,
2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 

Initial Decision 
 15.2 

Initial Decision Maker, Definition of 
 1.1.8 

Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 
 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.2.1,
15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 
 Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority 

14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 

Injury or Damage to Person or Property 
 10.2.8,
10.4.1 
 Inspections 
 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6,
4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 
 Instructions to Bidders 

1.1.1

 Instructions to the Contractor 

3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.5.2 
 Instruments
of Service, Definition of 
 1.1.7 
 Insurance 

3.18.1, 6.1.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 11 

Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 
 11.3.2 

Insurance, Contractor’s Liability 
 11.1 

Insurance, Effective Date of 
 8.2.2, 11.1.2 

Insurance, Loss of Use 
 11.3.3 

Insurance, Owner’s Liability 
 11.2 

Insurance, Property 
 10.2.5, 11.3 

Insurance, Stored Materials 
 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4 

INSURANCE AND BONDS 
 11 

Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 
 9.9.1,
11.4.1.5 
 Insurance Companies, Settlement with 
 11.4.10 

Intent of the Contract Documents 
 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13,
7.4 
 Interest 
 13.6 

Interpretation 
 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2,
15.1.1 
 Interpretations, Written 
 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 15.1.4 

Judgment on Final Award 
 15.4.2 

Labor and Materials, Equipment 
 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4,
3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 
 Labor
Disputes 
 8.3.1 
 Laws and Regulations 

1.5, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13.1, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1.1, 11.3, 13.1.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6.1, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 

Liens 
 2.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 

Limitations, Statutes of 
 12.2.5, 13.7, 15.4.1.1 

Limitations of Liability 
 2.3.1, 3.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.10, 3.17.1,
3.18.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.1.2, 11.2, 11.3.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 5
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 Limitations of Time 

2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 5.2, 5.3.1, 5.4.1, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7.1, 9.8, 9.9,
9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1.5, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15 
 Loss of Use Insurance 

11.3.3 
 Material Suppliers 

1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.6, 9.10.5 

Materials, Hazardous 
 10.2.4, 10.3 

Materials, Labor, Equipment and 
 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.5.1, 3.4.1,
3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13.1, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 
 Means,
Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 
 3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 

Mechanic’s Lien 
 2.1.2, 15.2.8 

Mediation 
 8.3.1, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6,
15.3, 15.4.1 
 Minor Changes in the Work 
 1.1.1,
3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

13 
 Modifications, Definition of 

1.1.1 
 Modifications to the Contract 

1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 11.3.1 

Mutual Responsibility 
 6.2 

Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 
 9.6.6, 9.9.3,
12.3 
 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 

2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 

Notice 
 2.2.1, 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.2, 3.12.9, 5.2.1,
9.7.1, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 
 Notice, Written 

2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.3.1, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 9.7.1, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 

Notice of Claims 
 3.7.4, 4.5, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.4

 Notice of Testing and Inspections 
 13.5.1, 13.5.2 

Observations, Contractor’s 
 3.2, 3.7.4 

Occupancy 
 2.2.2, 9.6.6, 9.8, 11.3.1.5

 Orders, Written 

1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 

OWNER 
 2 

Owner, Definition of 
 2.1.1 

Owner, Information and Services Required of the 
 2.1.2,
2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 

Owner’s Authority 
 1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.8.1,
3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3.1, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.10, 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 15.2.7 

Owner’s Financial Capability 
 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 

Owner’s Liability Insurance 
 11.2 

Owner’s Loss of Use Insurance 
 11.3.3 

Owner’s Relationship with Subcontractors 
 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3,
5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 
 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work 

2.4, 14.2.2 
 Owner’s Right to Clean Up 

6.3 
 Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to
Award Separate Contracts 
 6.1 
 Owner’s
Right to Stop the Work 
 2.3 
 Owner’s Right to
Suspend the Work 
 14.3 
 Owner’s Right to Terminate the
Contract 
 14.2 
 Ownership and Use of Drawings,
Specifications and Other Instruments of Service 
 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.2.2, 3.11.1, 3.17.1, 4.2.12, 5.3.1 

Partial Occupancy or Use 
 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.3.1.5 

Patching, Cutting and 
 3.14, 6.2.5 

Patents 
 3.17 

Payment, Applications for 
 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2.1,
9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 9.10.1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 
 Payment, Certificates for 

4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 

Payment, Failure of 
 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6,
14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 6
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 Payment, Final 

4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 

Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 
 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7,
9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.4 
 Payments, Progress 
 9.3,
9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 
 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 

9 
 Payments to Subcontractors 

5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 11.4.8, 14.2.1.2 
 PCB

 10.3.1 
 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 

7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.4 
 Permits, Fees,
Notices and Compliance with Laws 
 2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.7.4, 10.2.2 

PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 
 10 

Polychlorinated Biphenyl 
 10.3.1 

Product Data, Definition of 
 3.12.2 

Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 
 3.11,
3.12, 4.2.7 
 Progress and Completion 
 4.2.2,
8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 
 Progress Payments 

9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 

Project, Definition of the 
 1.1.4 

Project Representatives 
 4.2.10 

Property Insurance 
 10.2.5, 11.3 

PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 
 10 

Regulations and Laws 
 1.5, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1,
9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 
 Rejection of Work 

3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.2.1 
 Releases and Waivers of Liens 

9.10.2 
 Representations 

3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 

Representatives 
 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.10,
5.1.1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 
 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 

3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.1, 10 
 Retainage

 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3

 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 

3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 
 Review of Contractor’s Submittals
by Owner and Architect 
 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 

Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 

3.12 
 Rights and Remedies 

1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14, 15.4 

Royalties, Patents and Copyrights 
 3.17 

Rules and Notices for Arbitration 
 15.4.1 

Safety of Persons and Property 
 10.2, 10.4 

Safety Precautions and Programs 
 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7,
5.3.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 
 Samples, Definition of 

3.12.3 
 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and

 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 
 Samples at the Site,
Documents and 
 3.11 
 Schedule of Values

 9.2, 9.3.1 
 Schedules, Construction 

3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 
 Separate Contracts and
Contractors 
 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 11.4.7, 12.1.2 

Shop Drawings, Definition of 
 3.12.1 

Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 
 3.11,
3.12, 4.2.7 
 Site, Use of 
 3.13, 6.1.1,
6.2.1 
 Site Inspections 
 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2,
9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 
 Site Visits, Architect’s 
 3.7.4,
4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 
 Special Inspections and Testing 

4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5  
 Specifications, Definition of
the 
 1.1.6 
 Specifications, The 

1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14 

Statute of Limitations 
 13.7, 15.4.1.1 

Stopping the Work 
 2.3, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1 

Stored Materials 
 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	 	7	  
		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 Subcontractor, Definition of 

5.1.1 
 SUBCONTRACTORS 

5 
 Subcontractors, Work by 

1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 

Subcontractual Relations 
 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6,
9.10, 10.2.1, 11.4.7, 11.4.8, 14.1, 14.2.1 
 Submittals 
 3.10,
3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3 
 Submittal Schedule 

3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7 
 Subrogation, Waivers of 

6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.3.7 
 Substantial Completion 

4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 

Substantial Completion, Definition of 
 9.8.1 

Substitution of Subcontractors 
 5.2.3, 5.2.4 

Substitution of Architect 
 4.1.3 

Substitutions of Materials 
 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 7.3.8 

Sub-subcontractor, Definition of 
 5.1.2 

Subsurface Conditions 
 3.7.4 

Successors and Assigns 
 13.2 

Superintendent 
 3.9, 10.2.6 

Supervision and Construction Procedures 
 1.2.2,
3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.7, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 
 Surety 

5.4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 
 Surety, Consent
of 
 9.10.2, 9.10.3 
 Surveys 

2.2.3 
 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 

14.3 
 Suspension of the Work 

5.4.2, 14.3 
 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 

5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 
 Taxes 

3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.7.4 
 Termination by the Contractor 

14.1, 15.1.6 
 Termination by the Owner for Cause

 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.6

 Termination by the Owner for Convenience 

14.4 
 Termination of the Architect 

4.1.3 
 Termination of the Contractor 

14.2.2 
 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 

14 
 Tests and Inspections 

3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 

TIME 
 8 

Time, Delays and Extensions of 
 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3,
7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 
 Time Limits 

2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9,
9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15.1.2, 15.4 
 Time Limits on Claims 

3.7.4, 10.2.8, 13.7, 15.1.2 
 Title to Work 

9.3.2, 9.3.3 
 Transmission of Data in Digital Form 

1.6 
 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 

12 
 Uncovering of Work 

12.1 
 Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown 

3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 
 Unit Prices 

7.3.3.2, 7.3.4 
 Use of Documents 

1.1.1, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.12.6, 5.3 
 Use of Site 

3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 
 Values, Schedule of 

9.2, 9.3.1 
 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 

13.4.2 
 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 

9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2, 15.1.6 
 Waiver of Claims by the Owner

 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 

Waiver of Consequential Damages 
 14.2.4, 15.1.6 

Waiver of Liens 
 9.10.2, 9.10.4 

Waivers of Subrogation 
 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.3.7

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 8
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 Warranty 

3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 13.7.1 
 Weather
Delays 
 15.1.5.2 
 Work, Definition of 

1.1.3 
 Written Consent 

1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2

 Written Interpretations 

4.2.11, 4.2.12 
 Written Notice 

2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4.1 

Written Orders 
 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2,
13.5.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.2 

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 9
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 

§ 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 
 The
Contract Documents are those described and enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, which is the AIA Document A101-2007, as modified and dated September 25, 2015 (hereinafter the Agreement) A Modification is (1) a written
amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,
the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor’s bid or proposal, or
portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements. 
 § 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT 

The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and
supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. Except as expressly stated therein, the Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a
direct contractual relationship with any third party or a right or cause of action in favor of any third party against the Owner or the Contractor. . 

§ 1.1.3 THE WORK 
 The term “Work” means
the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s
obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 
 § 1.1.4 THE PROJECT 

The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by
the Owner and by separate contractors. 
 § 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS 

The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including
plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. 
 § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS 

The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and
workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 
 § 1.1.7 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 

Instruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by
the Architect and the Architect’s consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar
materials. 
 § 1.1.8 INITIAL DECISION MAKER 
 The
Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify termination of the Agreement under Section 14.2.2. 

§ 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 

§ 1.2.1 Performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably
inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results.  
 § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications
into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.  

§ 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings
are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 10
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 1.3 CAPITALIZATION 

Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles or (3) the
titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 
 § 1.4 INTERPRETATION 

In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as “all” and “any” and articles such as
“the” and “an,” but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 

§ 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 

§ 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect’s consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of
Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers shall not own or
claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect’s or
Architect’s consultants’ reserved rights.  
 § 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and
material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown
on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without
the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect’s consultants.  
 § 1.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORM

 If the parties intend to transmit Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form, they shall endeavor to establish
necessary protocols governing such transmissions, unless otherwise already provided in the Agreement or the Contract Documents, and such protocols, when agreed, shall be incorporated into the Contract Documents by amendment. 

ARTICLE 2 OWNER 
 § 2.1 GENERAL

 § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval or authorization. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term “Owner” means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative.  

§ 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and
relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic’s lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the
site, and the Owner’s interest therein.  
 § 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 

§ 2.2.1 Prior to and after commencement of the Work, the Contractor may request in writing that the Owner provide reasonable evidence that the
Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract. The Owner shall furnish such evidence as a condition precedent to commencement of the Work. Thereafter, the furnishing of such evidence shall be a
condition precedent to the continuation of the Work if the request is made because (1) the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum; or
(3) the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner’s ability to make payment when due. After the Owner furnishes the evidence, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior
notice to the Contractor. 
 § 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract
Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in
existing facilities. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 11
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal
limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the
safe performance of the Work.  
 § 2.2.4 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the
Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner’s control and relevant to the Contractor’s performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the
Contractor’s written request for such information or services.  
 § 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2.  

§ 2.2.6 Owner represents that the Drawings, Specifications and other Instruments of Service are complete, accurate adequate and
suitable for their intended use in connection with the Work.  
 § 2.2.7 Owner shall provide, or cause the Architect to
provide, to Contractor the native editable electronic files of the 100% Construction Documents and the Building Information Model that are editable with commercially available software that is not proprietary to the Architect. Such files shall be
provided on an unrestricted basis for use in connection with the Project and without an independent indemnification obligation from Contractor to the Owner and/or Architect.  

§ 2.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 
 If the
Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after giving
Contractor written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure the failure, issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop
the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. 

§ 2.4 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 
 If
the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with
diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the
reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for the Architect’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the
Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner upon receipt of a written demand
accompanied by documentation substantiating the amounts claimed. 
 ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 

§ 3.1 GENERAL 
 §
3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the
Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term “Contractor” means the Contractor or the
Contractor’s authorized representative.  
 § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. 
 § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect’s administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor, unless the
Contract Documents require the Contractor to rely upon such administration, tests, inspections or approvals. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 12
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 

§ 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally
familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.  

§ 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully
study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion
of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or
inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the
Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 

 § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,
statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in
such form as the Architect may require.  
 § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved
because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor’s notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Article 15. If the
Contractor performs the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field
measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities.  

§ 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 

§ 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor
shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific
instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof. If the Contractor
determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written
instructions from the Architect, and the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both shall be equitably adjusted. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of
changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage arising solely from those Owner-required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures.  

§ 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for all of its performance obligations under the Contract, regardless of
whether such obligations are delegated to Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.
 
 § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such
portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.  
 § 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 

§ 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment,
tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be
incorporated in the Work. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 13
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Architect in
accordance with Sections 3.12.8 or 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. Upon issuance of such a
Change Order or Construction Change Directive, the substitution shall become part of the Contract Documents as if specifically incorporated therein by the Architect or its consultants.  

§ 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons
carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them.  

§ 3.5 WARRANTY 
 Subject to the
provisions of Section 12.2, the Contractor warrants to the Owner that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further
warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not
conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper
operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. Where Contract Documents require warranties to extend beyond
one (1) year, such warranties shall be provided directly by the relevant Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to the Owner and the Contractor’s only obligation shall be to cooperate with and assist the Owner in pursuit of its rights
against the relevant Subcontractor, vendor or manufacturer. 
 § 3.5.2 During the warranty period, Owner shall (i) establish
and conduct a reasonable maintenance and repair program in and around the property; (ii) comply in all respects with the requirements set forth in the manufacturers’ warranties on all equipment, fixtures and systems; (iii) promptly
notify Contractor in writing immediately after the discovery of any defect or deficiency which Owner believes is covered by Contractor’s warranty; and (iv) grant to Contractor such reasonable easements and rights of access necessary to
inspect the work during the warranty period and correct or replace any defect covered by Contractor’s warranty. Contractor shall not be liable for any damages that could have been prevented but occurred as a result of Owner’s failure to
give Contractor prompt notice pursuant to this Section.  
 § 3.5.3 THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.5 ARE SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE, AND IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE WORK, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND CONTRACTOR DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING AND/OR USAGE OF TRADE. ANY OTHER STATEMENT OF FACT OR DESCRIPTIONS EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY OF THE WORK OR ANY PART
THEREOF. THE REMEDY BY CONTRACTOR OF WARRANTY NONCONFORMITIES BY REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 12.2.2.1 THROUGH 12.2.2.4 SHALL CONSTITUTE OWNER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ALL OF THE LIABILITIES OR RESPONSIBILITIES OF
CONTRACTOR FOR NONCONFORMING WORK, WHETHER DUE TO OR BASED UPON DELAY, CONTRACT, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, WARRANTY, INDEMNITY, ERROR AND OMISSION OF ANY OTHER CAUSE WHATSOEVER.  

§ 3.6 TAXES 
 The Contractor shall pay
sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 14
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES, AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 

§ 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as
for other construction-related permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured by the contractor after execution of the Contract and legally
required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for all non-construction-related permits as well as any permits necessary for the operation of the
facility post-completion.  
 § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,
statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.  

§ 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and
regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.  

§ 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or
otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally
recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days
after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for,
performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract
Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect’s determination or recommendation, that
party may proceed as provided in Article 15.  
 § 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human
remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.
Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner
but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15.
 
 § 3.8 ALLOWANCES 

§ 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances
shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.  

§ 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, 

 

	 	.1	allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; 

 

	 	.2	Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in
the allowances; and 

  

	 	.3	whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the
allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor’s costs under Section 3.8.2.2. 

 § 3.8.3
Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 15
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 

§ 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during
performance of the Work.  
 § 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in
writing to the Owner through the Architect the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to
the proposed superintendent or (2) that the Architect requires additional time to review. Failure of the Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.  

§ 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely
objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner’s consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed.  

§ 3.10 CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 

§ 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner’s and Architect’s
information a Contractor’s construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,
shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work.  

§ 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to
maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the submittal schedule for the Architect’s approval. The Architect’s approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with
the Contractor’s construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.  
 §
3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect.  

§ 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 

The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order
and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and one copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered
to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. 
 § 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT
DATA AND SAMPLES 
 § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor
or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 
 § 3.12.2 Product
Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.  

§ 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be
judged.  
 § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to
demonstrate the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by
the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the
Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 16
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for general compliance with the Contract Documents and
submit to the Architect for approval Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal
schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. 

§ 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals which have been prepared by Subcontractor, the
Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has reviewed them and confirmed generally that the information contained within such submittals compliers with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 

§ 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. 
 § 3.12.8 The Work
shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect’s approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or
similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or
(2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the
Architect’s approval thereof. 
 § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,
Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice, the Architect’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.

 § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering,
including, but not limited to, seismic engineering design and/or structural design required as a result of construction sequences. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional
design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria
that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications,
certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written
approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided
the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals
only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy, accuracy, or completeness of the services,
certifications or approval performed by such design professionals or of the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 

§ 3.12.10.1 Any claim by Owner for damage, loss, or expense, based directly or indirectly upon acts, errors, or omissions of any architect,
engineer, or other design professional Contractor is required to engage in connection with this Agreement or the Project shall be made by Owner against said design professional and its insurer(s) only, and Contractor shall have no liability of any
kind, direct or indirect, for the professional negligence of said design professional under this Agreement or otherwise. 
 § 3.13 USE OF SITE

 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and
lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 17
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 

§ 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together
properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting and patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting and patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents.  

§ 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner
or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner
and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor’s consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 

 § 3.15 CLEANING UP 

§ 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by
operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project.  

§ 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after providing Contactor with
written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure, do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for the reasonable and verifiable costs incurred affecting the clean up.  

§ 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 
 The Contractor
shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 
 § 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS

 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights
and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the
Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to know that the required design, process or product is an
infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 

§ 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 

§ 3.18.1 Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Owner, its employees, officers, directors and affiliates harmless from any
loss, cost, expense or damage claimed by third parties for property damage and/or bodily injury, including death, to the proportionate extent such loss, cost, expense or damage arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, its
employees, officers or directors in connection with this Contract or the Project.  
 § 3.18.2 Owner shall indemnify,
defend and hold Contractor, its employees, officers, directors and affiliates harmless from any loss, cost, expense or damage claimed by third parties for property damage and/or bodily injury, including death, to the proportionate extent such loss,
cost, expense or damage arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of Owner, its employees, officers or directors in connection with this Agreement or the Project.  

ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT 
 § 4.1 GENERAL

 § 4.1.1 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing
architecture in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.  

§ 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be
restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 18
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a
successor architect as to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect.  

§ 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 

§ 4.2.1 The Architect will provide unbiased administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents during construction
until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate For Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.  

§ 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the
Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in
accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or
responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the
Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3.3.1.  
 § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect
will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by
the Contractor, and (2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor’s failure was due to compliance with a written directive or instruction from the Architect authorized by the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions
of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.  

§ 4.2.4 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION 

Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to
communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect’s consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and
material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 
 § 4.2.5 Based
on the Architect’s evaluations of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 

§ 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary
or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the
Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or
employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 
 § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other
appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, including for the purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The
Architect’s action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness so as not to delay the progress of the Work. Review of such
submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems. The
Architect’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect’s review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise
specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 19
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,
and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4.  

§ 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final
completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the
Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10.  
 § 4.2.10
If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect’s responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such
project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.  
 § 4.2.11 The
Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within
any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.  
 § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the
Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful
performance by both Owner and Contractor and will not show partiality to either party.  
 § 4.2.13 The Architect’s
decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.  

§ 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect’s
response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as not to delay the progress of the Work. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and
Specifications in response to the requests for information.  
 ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 

§ 5.1 DEFINITIONS 
 § 5.1.1
A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and
means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term “Subcontractor” does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.  

§ 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of
the Work at the site. The term “Sub-subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.  

§ 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 

§ 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after
award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the
Work. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) that the Architect requires additional time for
review. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.  
 §
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made
reasonable objection. 
  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 20
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity
proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time
shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work.  

§ 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes
reasonable objection to such substitution.  
 § 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 

By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be
performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor’s Work,
which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the
Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the
Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to
each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available
to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. 
 § 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 

§ 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that  

 

	 	.1	assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and
Contractor in writing; and 

  

	 	.2	assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 

When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor’s rights and obligations under the subcontract. 

§ 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor’s compensation shall be
equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.  
 § 5.4.3 Upon such assignment to the Owner under
this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible
for all of the successor contractor’s obligations under the subcontract.  
 § 5.4.4 Upon such assignment, the Owner
shall defend, indemnify and hold Contractor harmless against any and all claims of Subcontractors whose Subcontracts have been assigned to the Owner.  

ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 

§ 6.1 OWNER’S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 

§ 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, and to award
separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver
of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 15. 

§ 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term
“Contractor” in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 21
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner’s
own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall
make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement, and the Contract Sum and Contract Time will be equitably adjusted as is appropriate. The construction schedules shall then constitute the
schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised.  
 § 6.1.4 Unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights
that apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12.  

§ 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 

§ 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their
materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.  

§ 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor’s Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner
or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper
execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner’s or separate contractor’s completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor’s
Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable.  
 § 6.2.3 Subject to Owner complying with the requirements
of Article 15, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for reasonable and verifiable costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a separate contractor because of the Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction.
The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a separate contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction.  

§ 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed
construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5.  
 § 6.2.5 The Owner
and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14.  

§ 6.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 

If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the
premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will reasonably allocate the cost among those responsible. 

ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 
 §
7.1 GENERAL 
 § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the
Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.  

§ 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive
requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.  

§ 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall
proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 22
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 7.1.4 Contractor shall of be entitled to receive a Change Order equitably adjusting
the Contract Sum or the Contract Time or both for adverse cost and schedule impacts to the Work from the following circumstances: (i) a delay in or failure of Owner, its separate contractors or the Architect to perform their respective
obligations; (ii) a change in any applicable law, including the interpretation or application thereof, after the date of the Agreement; (iii) a written interpretation from the Architect modifying the Contract Documents; (iv) an order
by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, a Supplier or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible or liable was not at fault, (v) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued
by the Architect, (vi) failure of payment when due by the Owner, (vii) Owner’s suspension of the Work for its own convenience (viii) other reasonable grounds not the fault of the Contractor, its Subcontractors or suppliers, or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.  
 § 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 

§ 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect stating
their agreement upon all of the following:  
  

	 	.1	The change in the Work; 

  

	 	.2	The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and 

  

	 	.3	The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. 

 § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE
DIRECTIVES 
 § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and
Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within
the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.  

§ 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order.  

§ 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of
the following methods:  
  

	 	.1	Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; 

  

	 	.2	Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; 

  

	 	.3	Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or 

  

	 	.4	As provided in Section 7.3.7. 

 § 7.3.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial
inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 
 § 7.3.5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change
Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining
the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 
 § 7.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the
Contractor’s agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 

§ 7.3.7 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine
the method and the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the
Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting
together with appropriate supporting data. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 23
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.7 shall be
limited to the following: 
  

	 	.1	Costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers’ compensation insurance; 

 

	 	.2	Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; 

  

	 	.3	Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; 

  

	 	.4	Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and 

  

	 	.5	Additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. 

§ 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in
the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net
increase, if any, with respect to that change.  
 § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change
Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for
those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect’s interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same
basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15.  
 § 7.3.10
When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and
the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive.  
 § 7.4
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 
 The Architect has authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of
the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes will be effected by written order signed by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor, subject to the right of Contractor to disagree
and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. 
 ARTICLE 8 TIME 

§ 8.1 DEFINITIONS 
 § 8.1.1 Unless
otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.  

§ 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. 

§ 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. 

§ 8.1.4 The term “day” as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined.  

§ 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 
 § 8.2.1
Contractor agrees that time is of the essence with respect to its obligation to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, as it may be adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. By executing the
Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work as set forth in the Contract Documents upon which the Contract Sum is based.  

§ 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the
site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance.  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 24
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial
Completion within the Contract Time. 
 § 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 

§ 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of
an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner; or by changes ordered in the Work; or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties, acts of god, terrorism, sabotage, war, embargo, explosion,
storm, flood, accident or delay in transportation, court order or injunction, delays by acts or orders of any governmental body or changes in laws or government regulations or the implementation or application thereof, or other causes beyond the
Contractor’s reasonable control; or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration; or by other causes that the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such
reasonable time as the Architect may determine, and the Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted to compensate Contractor for time related expenses. 

§ 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. 

§ 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents.

 ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 
 § 9.1
CONTRACT SUM 
 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the
Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 
 § 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 

Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, before the first Application for
Payment, a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by
the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 
 § 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 

§ 9.3.1 On or before the date established for submission of payment applications in the Agreement, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an
itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating
the Contractor’s right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. 

§ 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been
properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. 
 §
9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the
Contractor intends to pay or the payment is otherwise the subject of withholding, back charge or offset permitted by the terms of the written agreement between Contractor and said Subcontractor or supplier. 

§ 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably
stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and
equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner’s title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner’s interest,
storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 25
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will
pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner
shall, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making
a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 
 § 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 

§ 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a
Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect’s reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as
provided in Section 9.5.1. 
 § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the
Owner, based on the Architect’s evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the
quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and
inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the
Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or
quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to
substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 

§ 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 
 §
9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be
made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the
Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered
evidence, may, if retained amounts are insufficient, nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including
loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of 
  

	 	.1	defective Work not promptly remedied after receipt of written notice; 

  

	 	.2	third party claims filed unless the claim is covered by insurance maintained by Owner or Contractor pursuant to the requirements of the Contract Documents or unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the
Contractor; 

  

	 	.3	failure of the Contractor to make payments when due to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; 

  

	 	.4	reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, including retainage; 

  

	 	.5	damage to the tangible property of Owner or a separate contractor, unless the damage is covered by insurance maintained by Owner or Contractor pursuant to the requirements of the Contract Documents or the claim for such
damage is waived by Owner pursuant to Section 11.3.3 below; 

  

	 	.6	reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum (including unpaid retainage) would not be adequate to cover actual (or, if applicable,
liquidated damages) for the anticipated delay; or  

  

	 	.7	uncured material failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 26
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made
for amounts previously withheld. 
 § 9.5.3 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at
its sole option, and after providing Contractor with at least five (5) business days’ advance written notice, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to whom the Contractor failed to
make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Architect will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment.

 § 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 
 § 9.6.1
After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 

§ 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the
Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each
Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 
 § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor,
if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 

§ 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and material
and equipment suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have
been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law. 

§ 9.6.5 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and
9.6.4. 
 § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not
constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 
 § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment
bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished
materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any
fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. 

§ 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 
 If the Architect does not
issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the
Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing
has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract
Documents. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 27
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 

§ 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in
accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 
 § 9.8.2 When the Contractor
considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final
payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 

§ 9.8.3 Within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether
the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect’s inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor’s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract
Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the
Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. 

§ 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion
confirming the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish
all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Substantial Completion. 
 § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written
acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted
for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 
 § 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 

§ 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by
separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use
may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities,
damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the
Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by
written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. For any partial occupancy or use, the Owner shall reduce retainage proportionately to the Contractor at the time of such partial
occupancy or use. 
 § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the
area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 
 § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise
agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 

§ 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 
 §
9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly (but in no event later than ten
(10) days after receipt of said notice and final Application for Payment) make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 28
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 
promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect’s on-site visits and
inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect’s final
Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. 

§ 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an
affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or
otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days’ prior
written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety,
if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to
the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond, indemnity agreement or some other form of security reasonably
satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,
including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. 
 § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is
materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without
terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and
if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such
payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 
 (Paragraphs deleted)

 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 

§ 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 
 The
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 

§ 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 
 §
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to 
  

	 	.1	employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; 

  

	 	.2	the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractors or
Sub-subcontractors; and 

  

	 	.3	other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

 § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and
regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 
 §
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating
safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 29
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual
methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 

§ 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract
Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for
which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts
either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18. 

§ 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention
of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 

§ 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition.

 § 10.2.8 INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY 

If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is
legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other
party to investigate the matter. 
 § 10.2.9 In the event the Contractor identifies activities or conditions during performance of the Work or
at the Project, which, in the Contractor’s good faith opinion, pose an unreasonable risk of bodily injury or property damage, whether immediate or in the future, Contractor shall have the right to immediately take steps to protect its personnel
and subcontractor and stop Work and remove personnel from the affected area. However, it is understood that the Contractor shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation to identify such risks. In taking actions provided under this
Section 10.2.9, Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Time or Contract Sum or both to compensate Contractor for any adverse cost and schedule impacts to the Work. 

§ 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 
 § 10.3.1 The
Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials. If the Contractor encounters on the Project site a hazardous material or substance, including, but not limited to, those
defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensations and Liability Act (CERCLA), not specifically addressed in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), the Contractor shall, upon
recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. 
 §
10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material
or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who
are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in
writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to
whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract
Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 30
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
the Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier, Contractor’s consultants, Architect, Architect’s consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims (including without limitation, all penalties, fines and administrative
or civil sanctions arising out of or related to such claim), costs, damages, judgments, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact
the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such cost, claim, damage, judgment, loss or expense is attributable to the regulation and/or
protection of the environment (including, without limitation, losses incurred in connection with characterization, handling, transportation, storage, removal, remediation, disturbance or disposal of hazardous materials or substances) or to the
bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss or expense is due to the sole negligence of the party seeking indemnity. 

§ 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such
materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor’s fault or negligence in the use and handling
of such materials or substances. 
 § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for
remediation of a material or substance the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to
the Owner’s fault or negligence. 
 § 10.3.6 If the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a
hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. 

§10.3.7 In the event the Contractor encounters materials that pre-existed Contractor’s Work on the Project site and that Contractor believes
in good faith to be hazardous or contaminated materials and Contractor stops Work in the affected area pursuant to Section 10.3.1 herein, the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Time and the Contract Sum for
time lost and additional costs incurred as a direct result of such stoppage. 
 § 10.4 EMERGENCIES 

In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor’s discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or
loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. 

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 
 § 11.1
CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE 
 § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully
authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s operations and completed operations
under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable: 
  

	 	.1	Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed; 

 

	 	.2	Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor’s employees; 

  

	 	.3	Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor’s employees; 

 

	 	.4	Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; 

  

	 	.5	Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property; 

  

	 	.6	Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;  

 

	 	.7	Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and 

  

	 	.8	Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may
result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which
expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 31
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of
liability specified in Article 8 of the Agreement or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work
until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the Contractor’s completed operations coverage, until the period for maintenance of completed operations
coverage as specified in Article 8 of the Agreement. 
 § 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner
prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded
under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed
operations, shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. 

§ 11.1.4 The Contractor shall cause the commercial liability coverage required by the Contract Documents to include (1) the Owner as an
additional insured for claims caused by the Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor’s operations; and (2) the Owner as an additional insured for claims caused by the Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions
during the Contractor’s completed operations. 
 § 11.2 OWNER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE 

§ 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner’s usual liability insurance. 

§ 11.2.2 The Owner shall require the Architect to carry a project-specific professional liability insurance as will protect the Architect against
claims that may arise from the professional services it furnishes to the Owner with respect to this Project and for which the Architect may be legally liable. Such insurance coverage shall, if written on a claims-made basis, have a tail of not less
than the duration of the relevant statute of limitations. Such insurance policy shall be available for inspection by the Contractor, who shall receive at least thirty (30) days notice prior to non-renewal, cancellation or modification of such
policy. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its Subcontractors, agents and employees from and against any and all loss, expense or damage (including, but not limited to,
attorney’s fees) caused by the professional negligence of the Architect, its consultants and agents, or the employees of any of them. 
 § 11.3
PROPERTY INSURANCE 
 § 11.3.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in
the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder’s risk “all-risk” or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract Modifications and cost
of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable
interest in the property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. 

§ 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an “all-risk” or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance
against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earth movement, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary
buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements. 
 § 11.3.1.2 Intentionally
Omitted. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 32
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall reimburse Contractor for
all costs not covered because of such deductibles and shall issue a Change Order to Contractor increasing the Contact Sum accordingly. 
 §
11.3.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit. 
 §
11.3.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner
and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or
reduction of insurance. 
 § 11.3.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE 

Contractor shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured
objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 

§ 11.3.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE 
 The Owner, at the
Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner’s property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for
loss of use of the Owner’s property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 
 § 11.3.4 If the
Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall
be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 
 § 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,
real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies
other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property
insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 
 § 11.3.6 If requested by the Owner,
the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certificate of insurance evidencing the policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions
and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to
the Contractor. 
 § 11.3.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION 

The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the
other, and (2) the Architect, Architect’s consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to
the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work and/or Project, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the policyholder as
fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect’s consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them,
by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation
shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity
had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 33
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 11.3.8 A loss insured under the property insurance maintained pursuant to this Section 11.3
shall be adjusted by the policyholder and made payable to the policyholder as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay
Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar
manner. 
 § 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the policyholder as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give
bond or other appropriate security reasonably satisfactory to the interested party(ies) for proper performance of the policyholder’s duties. The cost of required bonds or other security shall be charged against the proceeds payable to the
party(ies) requesting such bond or security. The policyholder shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the policyholder shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as determined
in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution selected in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement
of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. 
 § 11.3.10
The policyholder shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the policyholder’s exercise of this power; if such objection
is made, the dispute shall be resolved in the manner selected by the Owner and Contractor as the method of binding dispute resolution in the Agreement. If the Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute
resolution, the policyholder shall make settlement with insurers or, in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds, in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators. 

§ 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 
 §
11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds from Contractor’s usual sureties covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding
requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. If the Owner requires bonds from Contractor, the bonds shall be in the form of AIA Document 312 and the cost of the bonds shall be added to the
Contract Sum. 
 § 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of
obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. 
 §
11.5 SUBCONTRACTOR DEFAULT INSURANCE (SUBGUARD) 
 In lieu of bonding its Subcontractors, Contractor may, with the approval of the Owner, obtain and
maintain, throughout the period of this Project, subcontractor default insurance (also known as “SubGuard”) for the protection of the Contractor and the Owner against the default of Subcontractors. The cost of the SubGuard program will be
included in Contract Sum. Contractor shall deliver written evidence satisfactory to the Owner that the SubGuard program is in force, with such endorsement in effect, within ten (10) days after the signing of the GMP Amendment by both the Owner
and the Contractor. 
 ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 

§ 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 
 § 12.1.1 If a
portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect’s request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect’s examination and be
replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time. 
 § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the
Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering
and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner’s expense, with the Contact Time or the Contract Sum or both being adjusted as is appropriate. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, such costs and the
cost of correction shall be at the Contractor’s expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 34
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 

§ 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 
 The
Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed.
Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor’s
expense. 
 § 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 

§ 12.2.2.1 If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for
commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1 any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner
to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails
to promptly notify the Contractor in writing and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to
correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. 

§ 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial
Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. 
 § 12.2.2.3 The
one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. 
 §
12.2.2.4 Following the one (1) year period for correction of Work, Contractor’s sole obligation for Work found not conforming with the warranties set forth in Section 3.5 shall be to assist Owner in its enforcement of any remedies
available against the applicable Subcontractor or supplier in connection with such Work. Contractor shall provide all assistance reasonably required by Owner to enforce any such remedies and shall execute such documents, including an assignment of
Contractor’s rights under any subcontract agreement or purchase order, in order to allow Owner to enforce such remedies. Contractor agrees that the limitations on its warranty obligations under this Section 12.2.6 shall not apply:
(1) to work self-performed by Contractor; or (2) to the extent the non-conformity in the Work resulted from Contractor’s failure to perform its construction management Services under the agreement in accordance with the standard of
care that would normally be exercised by a skilled and experienced construction manager in Contractor’s position. 
 § 12.2.3 The
Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 

§ 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the
Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor’s correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 

(Paragraph deleted) 
 § 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF
NONCONFORMING WORK 
 If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so
instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. 

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
 § 13.1
GOVERNING LAW 
 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located without regard to that state’s choice of law
rules that would require the application of the laws of another state, except that, if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 35
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 

§ 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to covenants,
agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such
an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 
 § 13.2.2
The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall
execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. Before making any assignment pursuant to paragraph 13.2.2, the Owner shall provide the Contractor with prompt, reasonable written notice of such assignment and Owner shall
obtain Contractor’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 § 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 

Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to the
business address for the intended recipient identified in the Agreement or, if none is identified, the last business address of the intended recipient known to the party giving notice. Written notices may also be deemed to have been duly served if
delivered via first class U.S. mail or facsimile, but the party utilizing such alternative means shall bear the burden of proving delivery (e.g., facsimile confirmation). 

§ 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 
 § 13.4.1 The
rights and remedies available under the Contract Documents shall, except where expressly identified as limited, sole or exclusive, be in addition to and not a limitation of the rights and remedies otherwise available at law or in equity. 

§ 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the
Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach there under, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 

§ 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 
 § 13.5.1
Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise
provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests,
inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of (1) tests,
inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded, and (2) tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating
their cost to the Contractor. 
 § 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work
require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or
approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as
provided in Section 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner’s expense. 
 § 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under
Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the
Architect’s services and expenses shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 
 § 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or
approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 
  

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 36
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract
Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 
 § 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted
pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 
 § 13.6 INTEREST 

Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate specified in the Agreement or, in the absence
thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 
 § 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS 

The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising
out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of
Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 13.7. 

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 

§ 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 
 §
14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or
entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: 
  

	 	.1	Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; 

  

	 	.2	An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency that requires all Work to be stopped; 

  

	 	.3	Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment
on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; 

  

	 	.4	The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor’s request, reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1; 

 

	 	.5	The Owner orders the Contractor to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work pursuant to Section 14.3; or 

  

	 	.6	Contractor stops the Work pursuant to Section 9.7. 

 § 14.1.2 The Contractor may
terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the
Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 90 days in any
365-day period, whichever is less. 
 § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon
seven days’ written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, including reasonable overhead and profit, costs incurred by reason of such termination, and damages. 

§ 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents
or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to
the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 37
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 

§ 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor 
  

	 	.1	repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; 

  

	 	.2	fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; 

 

	 	.3	repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or 

 

	 	.4	otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 

 §
14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner may, by written notice, demand that the Contractor cure the default. If Contractor fails to commence and diligently pursue curing the default within seven (7) days after receipt of said
written notice, the Owner, upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the
Contractor’s surety, if any, a second seven days’ written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: 
  

	 	.1	Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials and equipment stored on the site that are intended to be incorporated in the Work; 

 

	 	.2	Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and 

  

	 	.3	Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in
finishing the Work. 

 § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished or abandoned. 
 § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the
Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the
Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon
application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. 
 § 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 

§ 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period
of time as the Owner may determine. 
 § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused
by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent 
  

	 	.1	that performance was suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or 

  

	 	.2	that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. 

 § 14.4
TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 
 § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice, terminate
the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause. 
 § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination
for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall 
  

	 	.1	cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; 

  

	 	.2	take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and 

  

	 	.3	except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase
orders. 

 § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive
payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination including termination payments to subcontractors and demobilization costs, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. 

 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 38
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 

§ 15.1 CLAIMS 
 § 15.1.1 DEFINITION 

A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the
Claim. 
 § 15.1.2 NOTICE OF CLAIMS 
 Claims by
either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party must be
initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. 

§ 15.1.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCE 
 Pending
final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract provided the Owner shall continue to make payments in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. 

§ 15.1.4 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST 
 If the
Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or
property arising under Section 10.4. 
 § 15.1.5 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME 

§ 15.1.5.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The
Contractor’s Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. 

§ 15.1.5.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that
weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 
 § 15.1.6 CLAIMS FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES 
 The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential, indirect, special, punitive or exemplary damages
arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes 
  

	 	.1	damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and

  

	 	.2	damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated
profit arising directly from the Work. 

 This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential, indirect, special,
punitive or exemplary damages due to either party’s termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.6 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents or to limit Owner’s obligation to pay Contractor the Contract Sum. 
 § 15.2 INITIAL DECISION 

§ 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.9, and 11.3.10, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for
initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to
mediation of any Claim arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker with no decision having been rendered. The Initial Decision Maker will not decide
disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 39
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim
take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim,
(4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision
Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. 

§ 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party
or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner’s expense. 

§ 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party
shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished or
(3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. 

§ 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision
Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any
change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution. 

§ 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation at any time after the initial decision by the Initial Decision Maker or thirty (30) days after
submission of the Claim to the Initial Decision Maker, whichever occurs first. 
 (Paragraph deleted) 

§ 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and
amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor’s default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety’s assistance in resolving the controversy. 

§ 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic’s lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with
applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. 
 § 15.3 MEDIATION 

§ 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract except those waived as provided for in
Section 15.1.6 shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution, excluding any equitable proceeding for emergent relief to prevent irreparable harm or the filing of any lawsuit or recording of any legal
document that may be necessary to preserve a party’s rights under applicable law. 
 § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their
Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request
for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings
but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties
or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. 

§ 15.3.3 The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project
is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Any statements, whether written or oral, made by either party in the
course of, or in connection with, mediation shall be deemed to have been made in the context of settlement discussions and shall not be admissible in any subsequent proceeding. 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 40
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)	  			

 § 15.4 ARBITRATION 

§ 15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement, any Claim subject to, but not
resolved by, mediation shall be subject to arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the
date of the Agreement. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must
assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. 
 § 15.4.1.1 A demand for
arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the
applicable statute of limitations. For statute of limitations purposes, receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the
Claim. 
 § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with
applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 
 § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with
an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 

§ 15.4.4 CONSOLIDATION OR JOINDER 
 §
15.4.4.1 Either party, at its sole discretion, may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration
permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). 

§ 15.4.4.2 Either party, at its sole discretion, may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or
fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not
constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. 
 § 15.4.4.3 The
Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as the Owner and Contractor under this
Agreement. 
 END OF DOCUMENT 

  

									
	  
 Init.

 
     /
	 	  
 AIA Document
A201TM – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this
AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 13:57:59 on 09/23/2015 under Order No. 1403571278_1 which expires on 02/01/2016, and is not for resale.
	  	  
  
	  
 41
	  
   

		 	User Notes:	 	(1666077776)Exhibit 4.1

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.,

as Issuer,

 

the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS named herein,

as Subsidiary Guarantors,

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

 

Dated as of September 23, 2015

 

 

 

5.250% Senior Notes due 2026

 

 

 

     

     

    

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

	Trust Indenture
    Act Section	 	Indenture Section
	310(a)(1)	 	7.10
	(a)(2)	 	7.10
	(a)(3)	 	N.A.
	(a)(4)	 	N.A.
	(a)(5)	 	7.08; 7.10
	(b)	 	7.08; 7.10; 12.02
	(c)	 	N.A.
	311(a)	 	7.11
	(b)	 	7.11
	(c)	 	N.A.
	312(a)	 	2.05
	(b)	 	11.03
	(c)	 	11.03
	313(a)	 	7.06
	(b)(1)	 	7.06
	(b)(2)	 	7.06
	(c)	 	7.06; 11.02
	(d)	 	7.06
	314(a)	 	4.05; 4.10; 11.02
	(b)	 	N.A.
	(c)(1)	 	7.02; 11.04; 11.05
	(c)(2)	 	7.02; 11.04; 11.05
	(c)(3)	 	N.A.
	(d)	 	N.A.
	(e)	 	11.05
	(f)	 	N.A.
	315(a)	 	7.01(b); 7.02(a)
	(b)	 	7.05; 11.02
	(c)	 	7.01
	(d)	 	6.05; 7.01(c)
	(e)	 	6.11
	316(a) (last sentence)	 	2.09
	(a)(1)(A)	 	6.05
	(a)(1)(B)	 	6.04
	(a)(2)	 	9.02
	(b)	 	6.07
	(c)	 	9.04
	317(a)(1)	 	6.08
	(a)(2)	 	6.09
	(b)	 	2.04
	318(a)	 	11.01
	(c)	 	11.01

 

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose,
be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

     

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE One
	 
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 	 	 
	SECTION 1.01.	Definitions	1
	SECTION 1.02.	Other Definitions	13
	SECTION 1.03.	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	14
	SECTION 1.04.	Rules of Construction	14
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Two
	 
	THE NOTES
	 
	SECTION 2.01.	Form and Dating	15
	SECTION 2.02.	Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes; Exchange Notes	16
	SECTION 2.03.	Registrar and Paying Agent	17
	SECTION 2.04.	Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust	18
	SECTION 2.05.	Holder Lists	18
	SECTION 2.06.	Transfer and Exchange	18
	SECTION 2.07.	Replacement Notes	19
	SECTION 2.08.	Outstanding Notes	19
	SECTION 2.09.	Treasury Notes	20
	SECTION 2.10.	Temporary Notes	20
	SECTION 2.11.	Cancellation	20
	SECTION 2.12.	Defaulted Interest	20
	SECTION 2.13.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	21
	SECTION 2.14.	Deposit of Moneys	21
	SECTION 2.15.	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	21
	SECTION 2.16.	Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions	22
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Three
	 
	REDEMPTION
	 	 	 
	SECTION 3.01.	Notices to Trustee	26
	SECTION 3.02.	Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed	26
	SECTION 3.03.	Notice of Redemption	27
	SECTION 3.04.	Effect of Notice of Redemption	27
	SECTION 3.05.	Deposit of Redemption Price	28
	SECTION 3.06.	Notes Redeemed in Part	28

 

    i 

     

    

 

	ARTICLE Four
	 
	COVENANTS
	 	 	 
	SECTION 4.01.	Payment of Notes	28
	SECTION 4.02.	Maintenance of Office or Agency	28
	SECTION 4.03.	Corporate Existence	29
	SECTION 4.04.	Payment of Taxes	29
	SECTION 4.05.	Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default	29
	SECTION 4.06.	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	30
	SECTION 4.07.	Limitation on Indebtedness	30
	SECTION 4.08.	Maintenance of Total Unencumbered Assets	31
	SECTION 4.09.	Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Subsidiaries	31
	SECTION 4.10.	Reports to Holders	31
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Five
	 
	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	 	 	 
	SECTION 5.01.	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets	32
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Six
	 
	DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	 	 	 
	SECTION 6.01.	Events of Default	33
	SECTION 6.02.	Acceleration	35
	SECTION 6.03.	Other Remedies	36
	SECTION 6.04.	Waiver of Past Defaults	36
	SECTION 6.05.	Control by Majority	36
	SECTION 6.06.	Limitation on Suits	36
	SECTION 6.07.	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment	37
	SECTION 6.08.	Collection Suit by Trustee	37
	SECTION 6.09.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	37
	SECTION 6.10.	Priorities	38
	SECTION 6.11.	Undertaking for Costs	38
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Seven
	 
	TRUSTEE
	 	 	 
	SECTION 7.01.	Duties of Trustee	39
	SECTION 7.02.	Rights of Trustee	40
	SECTION 7.03.	Individual Rights of Trustee	41
	SECTION 7.04.	Trustee’s Disclaimer	41
	SECTION 7.05.	Notice of Default	41
	SECTION 7.06.	Reports by Trustee to Holders	42

 

    ii 

     

    

 

	SECTION 7.07.	Compensation and Indemnity	42
	SECTION 7.08.	Replacement of Trustee	43
	SECTION 7.09.	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	44
	SECTION 7.10.	Eligibility; Disqualification	44
	SECTION 7.11.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	44
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Eight
	 
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	 	 	 
	SECTION 8.01.	Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations	44
	SECTION 8.02.	Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance	45
	SECTION 8.03.	Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	47
	SECTION 8.04.	Application of Trust Money	48
	SECTION 8.05.	Repayment to the Issuer	48
	SECTION 8.06.	Reinstatement	49
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Nine
	 
	AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 	 	 
	SECTION 9.01.	Without Consent of Holders.	49
	SECTION 9.02.	With Consent of Holders	50
	SECTION 9.03.	Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act	51
	SECTION 9.04.	Revocation and Effect of Consents	51
	SECTION 9.05.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	52
	SECTION 9.06.	Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.	52
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Ten
	 
	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
	 	 	 
	SECTION 10.01.	Guarantee	52
	SECTION 10.02.	Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability	53
	SECTION 10.03.	Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee	54
	SECTION 10.04.	Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor	54
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE Eleven
	 
	MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	 
	SECTION 11.01.	Trust Indenture Act Controls	55
	SECTION 11.02.	Notices	55
	SECTION 11.03.	Communications by Holders with Other Holders	56
	SECTION 11.04.	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	57
	SECTION 11.05.	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	57
	SECTION 11.06.	Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar	57
	SECTION 11.07.	Legal Holidays	57

 

    iii 

     

    

 

	SECTION 11.08.	Governing Law	58
	SECTION 11.09.	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	58
	SECTION 11.10.	No Recourse Against Others	58
	SECTION 11.11.	Successors	58
	SECTION 11.12.	Duplicate Originals	58
	SECTION 11.13.	Severability	58
	 	 	 
	SIGNATURES 	S-1

 

	Exhibit A	-	Form of Note
	Exhibit B	-	Form of Legends
	Exhibit C	-	Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
	Exhibit D	-	Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	Exhibit E	-	Form of Notation of Subsidiary Guarantee

 

Note:This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose,
be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

    iv 

     

    

 

INDENTURE dated as of September 23, 2015 among
Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Issuer”), each of the Subsidiary Guarantors named
herein, as Subsidiary Guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under
the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation
of an issue of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2026 and, to provide therefor, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors have duly authorized
the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid and binding obligations of the Issuer and to make this Indenture a valid and
binding agreement of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors have been done.

 

THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH

 

For and in consideration of the premises and
the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit
of all Holders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE
One

 

DEFINITIONS
AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION
1.01.         Definitions.

 

Set forth below are certain defined terms
used in this Indenture.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or that is assumed in connection with an Asset
Acquisition from such Person by a Subsidiary and not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person
becoming a Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition; provided, however, that Indebtedness of such Person that is redeemed, defeased,
retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a
Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition shall not be Acquired Indebtedness.

 

“Additional Interest” has
the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Adjusted Consolidated Net Income”
means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) (before giving effect to cash dividends on preferred stock of the Issuer
or charges resulting from the redemption of preferred stock of the Issuer) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for such period determined
on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that the following items shall be excluded in computing
Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, without duplication:

 

     

     

    

 

(1)         the
net income of any Person, other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions
actually paid to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during such period;

 

(2)         the
net income of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary
of such net income is not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment,
decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary;

 

(3)         any
after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset sales; and

 

(4)         all
extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses.

 

“Adjusted Total Assets”
means, for any Person, the sum of:

 

(1)         Total
Assets for such Person as of the end of the fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date as set forth on the most recent quarterly
or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with GAAP and filed with the SEC
or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.10; and

 

(2)         any
increase in Total Assets following the end of such quarter including, without limitation, any increase in Total Assets resulting
from the application of the proceeds of any additional Indebtedness.

 

“Affiliate” means, as applied
to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with,
such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar
or Paying Agent.

 

“amend” means to amend,
supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively; and “amendment” shall have
a correlative meaning.

 

“Asset Acquisition” means:

 

(1)         an
investment by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary
or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Person’s
primary business is related, ancillary, incidental or complementary to the businesses of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries
on the date of such investment; or

 

(2)         an
acquisition by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries from any other Person of assets that constitute substantially all of a division
or line of business, or one or

 

    2

     

    

 

more healthcare properties, of such
Person; provided, however, that the assets and properties acquired are related, ancillary, incidental or complementary to
the businesses of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition.

 

“Asset Disposition” means
the sale or other disposition by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, other than to the Issuer or another Subsidiary, of:

 

(1)         all
or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary; or

 

(2)         all
or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division or line of business, or one or more healthcare properties, of the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means
Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any insolvency or other similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Board of Directors” means,
as to any Person, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

“Board Resolution” means,
with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have
been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification,
and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means a
day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York or Maryland are authorized or required
by law to close.

 

“Capital Stock” means,
with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting
or non-voting), including partnership interests, whether general or limited, in the equity of such Person, whether outstanding
on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

“Capitalized Lease” means,
as applied to any Person, any lease of any property, whether real, personal or mixed, of which the discounted present value of
the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of
such Person.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations”
means the discounted present value of the rental obligations under a Capitalized Lease as reflected on the balance sheet of such
Person as determined in conformity with GAAP.

 

“Closing Date” means September
23, 2015.

 

“Common Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or
non-voting) that have no preference on liquidation or with respect to distributions over any other class of Capital Stock, including
partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such Person’s equity, whether

 

    3

     

    

 

outstanding on the Closing Date or issued
thereafter, including, without limitation, all series and classes of common stock.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means,
for any period, Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such period plus amounts which have been deducted and minus
amounts which have been added for, without duplication:

 

(1)         Consolidated
Interest Expense;

 

(2)         provision
for taxes based on income;

 

(3)         impairment
losses and gains on sales or other dispositions of properties and other Investments;

 

(4)         real
estate related depreciation and amortization expense;

 

(5)         the
effect of any non-recurring, non-cash items;

 

(6)         amortization
of deferred charges;

 

(7)         gains
or losses on early extinguishment of Indebtedness; and

 

(8)         acquisition
expenses;

 

all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that, if any Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Consolidated
EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not already reduced in Adjusted Consolidated Net Income or otherwise reduced in accordance
with GAAP) by an amount equal to:

 

(x)          the
amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Subsidiary multiplied by

 

(y)          the
percentage ownership interest in the income of such Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense”
means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest expense in respect of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries during
such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP including, without limitation (without duplication):

 

(1)         amortization
of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses;

 

(2)         the
interest portion of any deferred payment obligations;

 

(3)         all
commissions, discounts and other fees and expenses owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

    4

     

    

 

(4)         the
net costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by assets of the Issuer or any
of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(5)         all
but the principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to
be accrued by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

excluding, to the extent included in interest expense
above, the amount of such interest expense of any Subsidiary if the net income of such Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation
of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the
net income of such Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (2)
of the definition thereof), as determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP.

 

“Corporate Trust Office”
means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at Two Midtown Plaza, 1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW, Suite 1050, EX-GA-ATPT,
Atlanta, Georgia 30309, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice
to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver,
trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Default” means any event
that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Depository” means The
Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute
or regulation.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means
any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is:

 

(1)         required
to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes,

 

(2)         redeemable
at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock, at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, or

 

(3)         convertible
into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (1) or (2) above or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

 

provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would
not constitute Disqualified Stock but for customary provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person
to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control”
occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock.

 

    5

     

    

 

“Exchange Act” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

 

“Exchange Notes” has the
meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Exchange Offer” means
the offer that may be made by the Issuer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Notes bearing the Private Placement
Legend for the Exchange Notes.

 

“Existing Note Indentures”
means the indenture governing the Issuer’s 6.75% senior notes due 2022, the indenture governing the Issuer’s 5.875%
senior notes due 2024, the indenture governing the Issuer’s 4.950% senior notes due 2024, the indenture governing the Issuer’s
4.50% senior notes due 2025, and the indenture governing the Issuer’s 4.500% senior notes due 2027 (each an “Existing
Note Indenture”), as each such Existing Note Indenture may be supplemented from time to time.

 

“Fair Market Value” means
the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to
sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

“GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of September 16, 2015, including, without limitation,
those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other
entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture,
all ratios and computations contained or referred to in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent
basis.

 

“Guarantee” means any obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)         to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising
by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless
such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay,
or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(2)         entered
into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee
against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

    6

     

    

 

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee”
shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used
as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Holder” means any registered
holder, from time to time, of the Notes.

 

“Incur” means, with respect
to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become responsible
for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an “Incurrence” of Acquired Indebtedness;
provided, however, that neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be considered
an Incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with
respect to any Person at any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)         all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)         all
obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)         the
face amount of letters of credit or other similar instruments, excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including
trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described in (1) or (2) above or (4), (5) or
(6) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn
upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such
Person of a demand for reimbursement;

 

(4)         all
unconditional obligations of such Person to pay amounts representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property (which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery
and title thereto), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or Trade Payable;

 

(5)         all
Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

(6)         all
Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such
Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of
such asset at that date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness;

 

and also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, any
non-contingent obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise (other than for purposes
of collection in the ordinary course of business), Indebtedness of the types referred to in items (1) through (6) above of another
Person (it being understood that Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person whenever such Person shall create,
assume, guarantee (on a non-contingent basis) or otherwise become liable in respect thereof). In addition,

 

    7

     

    

 

(1)         the
amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount shall be deemed to be the face amount with
respect to such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at the
date of determination in conformity with GAAP, and

 

(2)         Indebtedness
shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

 

“Indenture” means this
Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., RBC
Capital Markets, LLC, Capital One Securities, Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated,
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BBVA Securities Inc., BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T
Securities, LLC, Mitsubishi UFJ Securities (USA), Inc. and Regions Securities LLC.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor”
or “IAI” means an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7)
under the Securities Act.

 

“interest” means, with
respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes.

 

“Interest Coverage Ratio”
means, on any Transaction Date, the ratio of:

 

(x)          the
aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the then most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such Transaction Date for which
reports have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.10 (“Four Quarter Period”)
to

 

(y)          the
aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense during such Four Quarter Period.

 

In making the foregoing calculation,

 

(1)         pro
forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid (other than in connection with an Asset Acquisition or
Asset Disposition) during the period (“Reference Period”) commencing on the first day of the Four Quarter Period
and ending on the Transaction Date (other than Indebtedness Incurred or repaid under a revolving credit or similar arrangement),
in each case as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or repaid on the first day of such Reference Period;

 

(2)         Consolidated
Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness (whether existing or being Incurred) computed on a pro forma
basis and bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the Transaction Date (taking into account
any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months
or, if shorter, at

 

    8

     

    

 

least equal to the remaining term
of such Indebtedness) had been the applicable rate for the entire period;

 

(3)         pro
forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions and Investments (including giving pro forma
effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition and any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid in connection with any such
Asset Acquisitions or Asset Dispositions) that occur during such Reference Period but subsequent to the end of the related Four
Quarter Period as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and

 

(4)         pro
forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect
to (i) the application of proceeds of any asset disposition and any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid in connection with any
such asset acquisitions or asset dispositions and (ii) expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act) that have been made by any Person that has become a Subsidiary or has been merged with or into the Issuer
or any of its Subsidiaries during such Reference Period but subsequent to the end of the related Four Quarter Period and that would
have constituted asset dispositions or asset acquisitions during such Reference Period but subsequent to the end of the related
Four Quarter Period had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions
were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions and had occurred on the first day of such Reference Period;

 

provided, however, that to the extent that clause (3)
or (4) of this paragraph requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition
or asset acquisition or asset disposition, as the case may be, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the
four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business, or one or
more healthcare properties, of the Person that is acquired or disposed of to the extent that such financial information is available.

 

“Interest Payment Date”
means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement”
means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract
or other similar agreement or arrangement with respect to interest rates.

 

“Investment” in any Person
means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of Guarantee or
similar arrangement, but excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP,
recorded as accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to
(by means of any transfer of cash or other property (tangible or intangible) to others or any payment for property or services
solely for the account or use of others, or otherwise), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures
or other similar instruments issued by, such Person.

 

    9

     

    

 

“Lien” means any mortgage,
pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest).

 

“Non-U.S. Person” has the
meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S.

 

“Notes” means, collectively,
the Issuer’s 5.250% Senior Notes due 2026 issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on the Closing Date,
issued as Additional Notes, issued as Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, or otherwise issued after the Closing Date) treated
as a single class of securities under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture.

 

“Officer” means any of
the following of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary.

 

“Officers’ Certificate”
means a certificate signed by two Officers.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means
a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel
to, the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee.

 

“Person” means any individual,
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

“Preferred Stock” means,
with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting
or non-voting) that have a preference on liquidation or with respect to distributions over any other class of Capital Stock, including
preferred partnership interests, whether general or limited, or such Person’s preferred or preference stock, whether outstanding
on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all series and classes of such preferred or preference
stock.

 

“principal” means, with
respect to the Notes, the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes.

 

“Private Exchange” has
the meaning given to it in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Private Exchange Notes”
has the meaning given to it in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Private Placement Legend”
means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.

 

“QIB” shall have the meaning
specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

    10

     

    

 

“Record Date” means the
applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided, however, that if any such date is not a Business Day, the
Record Date shall be the first day immediately succeeding such specified day that is a Business Day.

 

“redeem” means to redeem,
repurchase, purchase, defease, retire, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire for value; and “redemption”
shall have a correlative meaning; provided, however, that this definition shall not apply for purposes of Section 5
of the Notes or Article Three.

 

“Redemption Date,” when
used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Redemption Price,” when
used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds,
pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement”
means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 23, 2015 among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of themselves and the other several initial purchasers,
as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, and any similar agreement entered into in connection with the issuance
of any Additional Notes.

 

“Regulation S” means
Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

“Responsible Officer” means,
when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter
is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer
who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Security” means
a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Security” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act;
provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect
to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

 

“Rule 144A” means
Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission.

 

“Secured Indebtedness”
means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon the property of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Securities Act” means
the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

 

“Significant Subsidiary,”
with respect to any Person, means any subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary”
set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

 

    11

     

    

 

“Stated Maturity” means:

 

(1)         with
respect to any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal
of such debt security is due and payable; and

 

(2)         with
respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security
as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the
outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person and
the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of such Person in its consolidated financial statements in accordance with
GAAP, if such statements were prepared as of such date.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantee”
means a Guarantee by each Subsidiary Guarantor for payment of the Notes by such Subsidiary Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantee
will be an unsecured senior obligation of each Subsidiary Guarantor and will be unconditional regardless of the enforceability
of the Notes and this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall provide
by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described in Section
10.04 hereof.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantors”
means (i) each Subsidiary that is a guarantor of Indebtedness under the Existing Note Indentures on the Closing Date and (ii) each
other Person that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor by the terms of this Indenture after the Closing Date, in each case,
until such Person is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

“Total Assets” means the
sum (without duplication) of:

 

(1)         Undepreciated
Real Estate Assets; and

 

(2)         all
other assets (excluding intangibles and accounts receivable) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined
in conformity with GAAP.

 

“Total Unencumbered Assets”
as of any date means the sum of:

 

(1)         those
Undepreciated Real Estate Assets not securing any portion of Secured Indebtedness; and

 

(2)         all
other assets (but excluding intangibles and accounts receivable) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries not securing any portion of
Secured Indebtedness determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP;

 

provided, however, that all investments in unconsolidated
joint ventures, unconsolidated limited partnerships, unconsolidated limited liability companies and other unconsolidated entities
shall

 

    12

     

    

 

be excluded from Total Unencumbered Assets to the extent that
such investments would have otherwise been included.

 

“Trade Payables” means,
with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed
or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition
of goods or services.

 

“Transaction Date” means,
with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the date such Indebtedness is to be
Incurred.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

“Trustee” means the party
named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter
means such successor.

 

“Undepreciated Real Estate Assets”
means, as of any date, the cost (being the original cost to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries plus capital improvements) of
real estate assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on such date, before depreciation and amortization of such real estate assets,
determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP.

 

“Unsecured Indebtedness”
means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is not Secured Indebtedness.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations”
means direct obligations of, obligations guaranteed by, or participations in pools consisting solely of obligations of or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the full faith and credit of the
United States of America is pledged and that are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

 

“U.S. Legal Tender” means
such coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public
and private debts.

 

“Voting Stock” means with
respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers
or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.

 

“Wholly Owned” means, with
respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the ownership of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary (other than any
director’s qualifying shares or Investments by individuals mandated by applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

SECTION 1.02.         Other
Definitions.

 

	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“144A Global Note”	 	2.01

 

    13

     

    

 

	“Additional Notes”	 	2.02
	“Authentication Order”	 	2.02
	“Covenant Defeasance”	 	8.02
	“Event of Default”	 	6.01
	“Four Quarter Period”	 	1.01
	“Global Note”	 	2.01
	“IAI Global Note”	 	2.01
	“Initial Global Notes”	 	2.01
	“Initial Notes”	 	2.02
	“Issuer”	 	Preamble
	“Legal Defeasance”	 	8.02
	“Participants”	 	2.15
	“Paying Agent”	 	2.03
	“Payment Date”	 	1.01
	“Physical Notes”	 	2.01
	“Primary Treasury Dealer”	 	1.01
	“Reference Period”	 	1.01
	“Registrar”	 	2.03
	“Regulation S Global Note”	 	2.01

 

SECTION 1.03.         Incorporation
by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision
of the Trust Indenture Act, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following Trust
Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities”
means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder”
means a Holder.

 

“indenture to be qualified”
means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture
securities means the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in
this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined
by SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

 

SECTION 1.04.         Rules
of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)         a
term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

    14

     

    

 

(2)         an
accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)         “or”
is not exclusive;

 

(4)         words
in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(5)         provisions
apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(6)         “herein,”
“hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or
other subdivision; and

 

(7)         the
words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.”

 

ARTICLE
Two

 

THE
NOTES

 

SECTION 2.01.         Form
and Dating.

 

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate
of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or
endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation,
legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication. Each
Note shall have an executed Subsidiary Guarantee from each of the Subsidiary Guarantors existing on the Closing Date endorsed thereon
substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the
Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent
applicable, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly
agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

 

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A
shall be issued initially in the form of a one or more permanent global Notes, each in registered form, substantially in the form
set forth in Exhibit A (individually and collectively, the “144A Global Note”), deposited with the
Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer (and having an executed Subsidiary Guarantee from each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends
set forth in Exhibit B.

 

Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions
in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a one or more permanent global Notes, each in registered
form, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (individually and collectively, the “Regulation S Global
Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer

 

    15

     

    

 

(and having an executed Subsidiary Guarantee
from each of the Subsidiary Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear
the legends set forth in Exhibit B.

 

The initial offer and resale of the Notes
shall not be to an Institutional Accredited Investor. The Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors in connection with
the first transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(a) shall be issued initially in the form of a single permanent Global Note
in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “IAI Global Note,” and,
together with the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note, the “Initial Global Notes”), deposited
with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer (and having an executed Subsidiary Guarantee from
each of the Subsidiary Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the
legends set forth in Exhibit B.

 

Notes issued after the Closing Date shall
be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A,
deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Issuer (and having an executed Subsidiary Guarantee
from each of the Subsidiary Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear
any legends required by applicable law (together with the Initial Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) or as Physical
Notes.

 

The aggregate principal amount of the Global
Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository,
as hereinafter provided. Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in
the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A and bearing
the applicable legends, if any, (the “Physical Notes”).

 

SECTION 2.02.         Execution,
Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes; Exchange Notes

 

One Officer of the Issuer (who shall have
been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for such Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
One Officer of a Subsidiary Guarantor (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other applicable entity
actions) shall sign the Subsidiary Guarantee for such Subsidiary Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note
or Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the
time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note (and the Subsidiary Guarantees in respect
thereof) shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the
Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) on
the Closing Date, Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $600,000,000 (the “Initial
Notes”), (ii) additional

 

    16

     

    

 

Notes (the “Additional Notes”)
in an unlimited amount (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.07) and (iii) Exchange
Notes or Private Exchange Notes (x) in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or (y) in exchange for a
like principal amount of Additional Notes in each case upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of a certificate of an Officer
of the Issuer (an “Authentication Order”). Each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes
to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange
Notes, Private Exchange Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as certificated Notes or Global Notes
or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, with respect to authentication pursuant to clause
(ii) or (iii) of the first sentence of this paragraph, the first such Authentication Order from the Issuer shall be accompanied
by an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

All Notes issued under this Indenture shall
be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. The Additional Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall bear
any legend required by applicable law.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating
agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating
agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates
of the Issuer. The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under this Indenture if the Trustee,
being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine
that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 2.03.         Registrar
and Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer shall maintain or cause to be maintained
an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for
registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (b) Notes may, subject to Section 2 of the
Notes, be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon
the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more
other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time
rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer
of its obligation to maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
for such purposes. The Issuer may act as Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Articles Three and Eight, neither
the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their
transfer and exchange. The Issuer, upon notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying
agents reasonably

 

    17

     

    

 

acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar”
includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer initially appoints
the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate
agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture
that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer
fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

 

SECTION 2.04.         Paying
Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent
other than the Trustee or the Issuer or any Subsidiary to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes (whether
such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default
by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent
to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during
the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets
held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall
have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

SECTION 2.05.         Holder
Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a
form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is
not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and
at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably
require, of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.06.         Transfer
and Exchange.

 

Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when
Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal
principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as
requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar,
duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge
shall be made for any

 

    18

     

    

 

registration of transfer or exchange, but
the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
therewith.

 

Without the prior written consent of the Issuer,
the Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day
of such mailing, (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part, and (iii) beginning at the opening of business on any Record Date and ending on the close
of business on the related Interest Payment Date.

 

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be
effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) in accordance with the applicable
legends thereon, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

 

SECTION 2.07.         Replacement
Notes.

 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the
Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and
the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. Such Holder must provide an indemnity
bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Issuer and the Trustee, to protect the Issuer, the Trustee or any
Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for its reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation
of the Issuer and every replacement Subsidiary Guarantee shall constitute an additional obligation of the Subsidiary Guarantor
thereof.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are
exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of
lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

 

SECTION 2.08.         Outstanding
Notes.

 

Notes outstanding at any time are all the
Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those
described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer, the Subsidiary
Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates hold the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09).

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07
(other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

    19

     

    

 

A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding
upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered
paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Stated
Maturity the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government
Obligations sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date
such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.09.         Treasury
Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its
Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying
on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee has been informed in writing are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

SECTION 2.10.         Temporary
Notes.

 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery,
the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of
definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay,
the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange,
temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

 

SECTION 2.11.         Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to
the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the
Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes
surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07,
the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer
or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction
of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant
to this Section 2.11.

 

SECTION 2.12.         Defaulted
Interest.

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest
on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest,
in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a

 

    20

     

    

 

subsequent special record date, which date
shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding
Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special record date, the Issuer shall
mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and
the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

SECTION 2.13.         CUSIP
and ISIN Numbers.

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”
or “ISIN” numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices
of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation
is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers printed in the notice or on
the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer will promptly
notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

SECTION 2.14.         Deposit
of Moneys.

 

Subject to Section 2 of the Notes, prior
to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date and Payment Date, the Issuer shall
have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such
Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date and Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits
the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity, Redemption Date and Payment Date,
as the case may be.

 

SECTION 2.15.         Book-Entry
Provisions for Global Notes.

 

(a)          The
Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered
to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B, as applicable.

 

Members of, or participants in, the Depository
(“Participants”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf
by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Issuer,
the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect
to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and
Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b)          Transfers
of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective
nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with
the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, Physical Notes shall be transferred
to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial

 

    21

     

    

 

interests in Global Notes if (i) the
Depository notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to act as Depository for any Global Note, the Issuer so notifies
the Trustee in writing and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or (ii) a Default
or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from any owner of a beneficial
interest in a Global Note to issue Physical Notes. Upon any issuance of a Physical Note in accordance with this Section 2.15(b)
the Trustee is required to register such Physical Note in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons
(or the nominee of any thereof). All such Physical Notes shall bear the applicable legends, if any.

 

(c)          In
connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant
to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on
its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount
of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount
of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred.

 

(d)          In
connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15,
such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and (i) the Issuer shall execute, (ii) the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall execute notations of Subsidiary Guarantees on and (iii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions
from the Issuer authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial
interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(e)          Any
Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b)
or (c) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(f)          The
Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold
interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.16.         Special
Transfer and Exchange Provisions.

 

(a)          Transfers
to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any
proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB:

 

(i)          the
Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend,
if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that neither the Issuer
nor any Affiliate of the Issuer has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, at any time on or prior to the
second anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the

 

    22

     

    

 

Registrar a certificate substantially
in the form of Exhibit C hereto and any legal opinions and certifications as may be reasonably requested by the Trustee
and the Issuer;

 

(ii)         if
the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to
be evidenced by an interest in the IAI Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and (x) written instructions
given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate, if required,
referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above (and any legal opinion or other certifications), the Registrar shall register
the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an
amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so
transferred; and

 

(iii)        if
the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) written
instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures and (y) the certificate,
if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect
on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interests are to
be transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the principal amount
of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred.

 

(b)          Transfers
to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security
to a QIB:

 

(i)          the
Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend,
if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that neither
the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, at any time on or
prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked
the box provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that
the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided
for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing
the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has
determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying

 

    23

     

    

 

upon its foregoing representations
in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(ii)         if
the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to
be evidenced by an interest in the 144A Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and written instructions
given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer
and reflect on its book and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal
to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred;
and

 

(iii)        if
the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global
Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal
amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount
of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal
amount of the Notes to be transferred.

 

(c)          Transfers
to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S.
Person under Regulation S:

 

(i)          the
Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially
in the form of Exhibit D from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information
as the Trustee or the Issuer may reasonably request; and

 

(ii)         (a)
if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note
or the Note to be transferred consists of Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by paragraph (i)
and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect
on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note,
as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or
the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred or cancel the Physical Notes to be transferred, and (b) if the
proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s
and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal
amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI
Global Note or the Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred.

 

    24

     

    

 

(d)          Exchange
Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue
and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Global
Notes and/or Physical Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount
of the beneficial interests in the Initial Global Notes or Physical Notes, as the case may be, tendered for acceptance in accordance
with the Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

 

(e)          Restrictions
on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository
or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor
Depository.

 

(f)          Private
Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend unless otherwise
required by applicable law, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer,
exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private
Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the
Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance
with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been offered and sold (including pursuant to the Exchange Offer)
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

(g)          General.
By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on
transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note
only as provided in this Indenture.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters,
notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 or Section 2.16. The Issuer shall have the
right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving
of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty
to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable
law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository Participants
or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation
or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

The Trustee shall have no responsibility for
the actions or omissions of the Depository, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depository.

 

    25

     

    

 

(h)          Cancellation
and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged
for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global
Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior
to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented
by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other
Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository
at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

ARTICLE
Three

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.01.         Notices
to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant
to Section 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal
amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the Trustee at least 45 days but not more than 75
days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with such documentation
and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 3.02.         Selection
of Notes To Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed
at any time pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

 

(x)          if
the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

 

(y)          if
the Notes are not so listed, while the Notes are in book-entry form, in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, or if
the Notes are no longer in book-entry form, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair
and appropriate.

 

No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed
in part.

 

    26

     

    

 

SECTION 3.03.         Notice
of Redemption.

 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose
Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address (except that a notice issued in connection with a redemption referred to in
Section 8.01 may be more than 60 days before such Redemption Date). At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall forward
the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. Each notice for redemption shall identify
the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(1)         the
Redemption Date;

 

(2)         the
Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

 

(3)         the
name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(4)         that
Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

 

(5)         that,
unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after
the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon
surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(6)         if
any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption
Date, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion thereof will be issued;

 

(7)         if
fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as
well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after
such partial redemption; and

 

(8)         the
Section of the Notes or the Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided,
shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give
such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not
affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

 

SECTION 3.04.         Effect
of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance
with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus
accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes

 

    27

     

    

 

called for redemption shall be paid at the
Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date), but installments of
interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business
on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption unless the Issuer shall have not complied with its obligations pursuant to Section 3.05.

 

SECTION 3.05.         Deposit
of Redemption Price.

 

On or before 10:00 a.m. New York time on the
Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date.

 

If the Issuer complies with the preceding
paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, interest on
the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented
for payment.

 

SECTION 3.06.         Notes
Redeemed in Part.

 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only,
the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new
Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of
the Holder thereof upon surrender and cancellation of the original Note or Notes.

 

ARTICLE
Four

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01.         Payment
of Notes.

 

The Issuer shall pay the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. An
installment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying
Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay
the installment. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal
(including post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the
same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

 

SECTION 4.02.         Maintenance
of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York, the office or agency required under Section 2.03 (which may be an office of the Trustee or
an

 

    28

     

    

 

affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar). The
Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.
If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth
in Section 11.02.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate
one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from
time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby initially designates U.S.
Bank National Association, located at Two Midtown Plaza, 1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW, Suite 1050, EX-GA-ATPT, Atlanta, Georgia
30309, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, as such office of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

SECTION 4.03.         Corporate
Existence.

 

Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five,
the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence
and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational
documents of each such Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Issuer and each
of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise or corporate
existence with respect to itself or any Subsidiary if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof
is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

SECTION 4.04.         Payment
of Taxes.

 

The Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall,
and shall cause each of the Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent,
(a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any of the Subsidiaries or upon
the income, profits or property of it or any of the Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies
which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of it or any of the Subsidiaries;
provided, however, that the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be
paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount the applicability or validity is being contested in good
faith by appropriate actions and for which appropriate provision has been made.

 

SECTION 4.05.         Compliance
Certificate; Notice of Default.

 

(a)          The
Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating
that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers
with a view to

 

    29

     

    

 

determining whether the Issuer and the Subsidiary
Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each
such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors
during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred
during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers
do know of such Default, the certificate shall specify such Default and what action, if any, the Issuer is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the
manner in which it fixes the fiscal year end.

 

(b)          The
Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee promptly and in any event within five days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence
of any Default an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default and what action, if any, the Issuer is taking or proposes
to take with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 4.06.         Waiver
of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

 

The Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants
(to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive such
Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes or the Subsidiary
Guarantee of any such Subsidiary Guarantor as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or
which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) each hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law
had been enacted.

 

SECTION 4.07.         Limitation
on Indebtedness.

 

(a)          The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if, immediately
after giving effect to the Incurrence of such additional Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom,
the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined
in conformity with GAAP is greater than 60% of Adjusted Total Assets.

 

(b)          The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Incur any Secured Indebtedness if, immediately after giving effect
to the Incurrence of such additional Secured Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the aggregate
principal amount of all outstanding Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined
in conformity with GAAP is greater than 40% of Adjusted Total Assets.

 

(c)          The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness other than the Notes issued on the Closing
Date and other Indebtedness

 

    30

     

    

 

existing on the Closing Date; provided,
however, that the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis would be greater than 1.5 to 1.0.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Section 4.07, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may
Incur pursuant to this Section 4.07 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, due
solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.

 

(e)          For
purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.07, Guarantees, Liens or obligations with
respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not
be included.

 

SECTION 4.08.         Maintenance
of Total Unencumbered Assets.

 

The Issuer and its Subsidiaries will maintain
Total Unencumbered Assets of not less than 150% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Unsecured Indebtedness of
the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

SECTION 4.09.         Limitation
on Issuances of Guarantees by Subsidiaries.

 

The Issuer will not permit any of its Subsidiaries,
directly or indirectly, at any time after the issuance of the Notes (including following any release of a Subsidiary Guarantor
from its obligations under this Indenture) to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Issuer (that would constitute Indebtedness under
clauses (1) or (2) of the definition thereof) in an amount at least equal to $50 million, unless such Subsidiary simultaneously
executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee by such Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 4.10.         Reports
to Holders.

 

Whether or not the Issuer is then required
to file reports with the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC all such reports and other information as it would be required
to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if it was subject thereto; provided,
however, that, if filing such documents by the Issuer with the SEC is not permitted under the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall
provide such documents to the Trustee and upon written request supply copies of such documents to any prospective Holder. The Issuer
shall supply the Trustee and each Holder or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each Holder, without cost to such Holder
and at the expense of the Issuer, copies of such reports and other information.

 

    31

     

    

 

ARTICLE
Five

 

SUCCESSOR
CORPORATION

 

SECTION 5.01.         Consolidation,
Merger and Sale of Assets.

 

(a)          The
Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions)
to, any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into the Issuer unless:

 

(1)         the
Issuer shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by such consolidation or into which the
Issuer is merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets of the Issuer shall be a corporation, general or limited partnership,
limited liability company or other entity (other than an individual) organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
States of America or any state or jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered
to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes and under this Indenture;

 

(2)         immediately
after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(3)         immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis the Issuer, or any Person becoming the successor obligor of
the Notes, as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Section 4.07;
provided, however, that this clause (3) shall not apply to a consolidation or merger with or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
with a positive net worth; provided further, however, that, in connection with any such merger or consolidation,
no consideration (other than Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) in the surviving Person or the Issuer) shall be issued
or distributed to the holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer; and

 

(4)         the
Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance
with clause (3) above) and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental
indenture complies with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to such transaction
have been complied with; provided, however, that clause (3) above does not apply if, in the good faith determination of
the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such
transaction is to change the state of domicile of the Issuer; provided further, however, that any such transaction
shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations.

 

(b)          Except
as provided in Section 10.04, no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary
Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, unless:

 

    32

     

    

 

(1)         either
such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing Person or the Person (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) formed by such
consolidation or into which such Subsidiary Guarantor is merged shall be a corporation or other legal entity organized and validly
existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee
of such Subsidiary Guarantor and under this Indenture; and

 

(2)         immediately
after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)          For
purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions)
of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Subsidiary Guarantors, the Capital Stock of which constitutes
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer, will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.

 

(d)          Upon
any such consolidation, combination or merger of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or any such sale, conveyance, transfer,
lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with this Section 5.01, in
which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its Subsidiary Guarantee, the surviving
entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is merged or the entity to which the
sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every
right and power of, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with
the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor and, except in the
case of a lease, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from the obligation to pay the principal
of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the Issuer’s or such
Subsidiary Guarantor’s other obligations and covenants under the Notes, this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee, if applicable.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) consolidate with or merge with or into the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor
or (ii) convert into a corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized under the laws
of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s jurisdiction of organization or the laws of the United States of America or any state or jurisdiction
thereof.

 

ARTICLE
Six

 

DEFAULT
AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01.         Events
of Default.

 

Each of the following is an “Event
of Default”:

 

    33

     

    

 

(1)         default
in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on any Note when they are due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption
or otherwise;

 

(2)         default
in the payment of interest on any Note when it is due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(3)         default
in the performance or breach of the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Issuer;

 

(4)         the
Issuer defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Issuer in this Indenture or under the
Notes (other than a default specified in clause (1), (2) or (3) above) and such default or breach continues for the earlier of
(i) 60 consecutive days and (ii) such shorter period specified for comparable defaults under any Existing Note Indenture (or under
any indenture pursuant to which the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor has issued any Indebtedness that refinances or refunds (x)
the Indebtedness under such Existing Note Indenture or (y) such refinancing or refunding Indebtedness) after written notice by
the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes;

 

(5)         there
occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal
amount of $35 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or
shall hereafter be created,

 

(i)          an
event of default that has caused the Holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity
and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of
such acceleration, and/or

 

(ii)         the
failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have
been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default;

 

(6)         a
court of competent jurisdiction enters a decree or order for:

 

(i)          relief
in respect of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable Bankruptcy Law now or hereafter
in effect,

 

(ii)         appointment
of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary
or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or

 

(iii)        the
winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall
remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

    34

     

    

 

(7)         the
Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary:

 

(i)          commences
a voluntary case under any applicable Bankruptcy Law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief
in an involuntary case under such law,

 

(ii)         consents
to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official
of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer or such Significant
Subsidiary, or

 

(iii)        effects
any general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

 

SECTION 6.02.         Acceleration.

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event
of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 that occurs with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing
under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by
written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall, declare the principal of, premium,
if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal
of, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because
an Event of Default set forth in clause (5) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration
shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) of
Section 6.01 shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer or the relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the
relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto.

 

If an Event or Default specified in clause
(6) or (7) of Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the
Notes then outstanding shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the
part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written
notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its
consequences if:

 

(x)          all
existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have
become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived;

 

(y)          the
rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and

 

(z)          in
the event of a cure or waiver of a Default of the type set forth in Section 6.01(6) or (7), the Trustee shall have received an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Default has been cured or waived.

 

    35

     

    

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent
Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

SECTION 6.03.         Other
Remedies.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or interest on,
the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even
if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or
any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver
of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent
permitted by law.

 

SECTION 6.04.         Waiver
of Past Defaults.

 

Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.07 and 9.02,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained in connection with
a tender offer or exchange offer of Notes) by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences, except
a Default in the payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note as specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2). The Issuer shall
deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver
and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 

SECTION 6.05.         Control
by Majority.

 

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or
that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving
of such direction received from the Holders of Notes; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action
deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with any such direction received from the Holders of the Notes.

 

In the event the Trustee takes any action
or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense
caused by taking such action or following such direction.

 

SECTION 6.06.         Limitation
on Suits.

 

No Holder will have any right to institute
any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(1)         the
Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

    36

     

    

 

(2)         the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the
remedy;

 

(3)         such
Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;

 

(4)         the
Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

 

(5)         during
such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a
direction that is inconsistent with the request.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to
the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, which right shall not be impaired
or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice
the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.

 

SECTION 6.07.         Rights
of Holders To Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on, a Note, on or after
the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates,
shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

SECTION 6.08.         Collection
Suit by Trustee.

 

If a Default in payment of principal or interest
specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee
of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest
and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount
as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

SECTION 6.09.         Trustee
May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim
and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim
for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any
judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and
receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in
any

 

    37

     

    

 

such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized
by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained
shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of
any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

 

SECTION 6.10.         Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money or property
pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee for
amounts due under Section 7.07;

 

Second: to Holders for
interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on
the Notes for interest;

 

Third: to Holders for principal
amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable
on the Notes for principal; and

 

Fourth: to the Issuer or,
if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer,
may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

SECTION 6.11.         Undertaking
for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right
or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in
its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party
litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder
or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

    38

     

    

 

ARTICLE
Seven

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01.         Duties
of Trustee.

 

(a)          If
a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in
the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(b)          Except
during the continuance of a Default:

 

(1)         The
Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the Trust Indenture Act and no duties, covenants,
responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

(2)         In
the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of
Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates
or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)         This
paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b).

 

(2)         The
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3)         The
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

 

(d)          No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability
in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action
at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured
to it.

 

(e)          Whether
or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this
Section 7.01.

 

    39

     

    

 

(f)          The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)          In
the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for
the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.02.         Rights
of Trustee.

 

Subject to Section 7.01:

 

(a)          The
Trustee may rely conclusively on any resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument,
opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact
or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)          Before
the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall
conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c)          The
Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other
than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

 

(d)          The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized
or within its rights or powers under this Indenture.

 

(e)          The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full
and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in
good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f)          The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order
or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the
Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein
or thereby.

 

(g)          The
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including
any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction,
consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry
or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry
or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable

 

    40

     

    

 

notice to the Issuer, to examine the books,
records, and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer.

 

(h)          The
Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

(i)          The
permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

 

(j)          Except
with respect to Section 4.01 and 4.05, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuer with
respect to the covenants contained in Article Four. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of an Event
of Default except (i) any Default or Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 4.01, 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) or (ii) any
Default or Event of Default known to a Responsible Officer.

 

(k)          The
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended
to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person
employed to act hereunder.

 

SECTION 7.03.         Individual
Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other
capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or its respective Affiliates
with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must
comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

SECTION 7.04.         Trustee’s
Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and
makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s
use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or any document
issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.05.         Notice
of Default.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and
is deemed to be known to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.02(j), the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default
within 30 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note,
including an accelerated payment and the failure to make a payment on a Payment Date pursuant to a Default in complying with the
provisions of Article Five, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee,
or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice
is in the interest of the Holders.

 

    41

     

    

 

SECTION 7.06.         Reports
by Trustee to Holders.

 

Within 60 days after each December 1, beginning
with December 1, 2015, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in Trust Indenture Act § 313(a)
occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies
with Trust Indenture Act § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act §§ 313(b), 313(c)
and 313(d).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing
to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the
Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act
§ 313(d).

 

SECTION 7.07.         Compensation
and Indemnity.

 

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time
to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The
Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall
reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses
of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and
advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include
the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee
or any predecessor Trustee and its agents for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims including taxes
(other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by them except
for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection
with the acceptance or administration of this trust including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against
or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers
or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents
for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may
have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that
the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and
the Trustee and its agents subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuer
need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against
any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

    42

     

    

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations
in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by
the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders
services after a Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or 6.01(7) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services
shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this
Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.08.         Replacement
of Trustee.

 

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying
the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying
the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)         the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(2)         the
Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

 

(3)         a
receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)         the
Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if
a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written
acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer,
after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor
Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective,
and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee
shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office
within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10%
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.

 

    43

     

    

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10,
any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the
retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.09.         Successor
Trustee by Merger, Etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or
converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving
or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible
hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this
Article Seven.

 

SECTION 7.10.         Eligibility;
Disqualification.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee
who satisfies the requirement of Trust Indenture Act §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have
a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The
Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the
operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates
of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth
in Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 310 shall apply to the
Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.

 

SECTION 7.11.         Preferential
Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.

 

The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder,
shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act § 311(b).
A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE
Eight

 

DISCHARGE
OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 8.01.         Termination
of the Issuer’s Obligations.

 

The Issuer may terminate its obligations under
the Notes and this Indenture and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture
and this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect, except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of
this Section 8.01, if:

 

(1)         either

 

    44

     

    

 

(A)         all
the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and
Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter
repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)         all
Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due
and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer
has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be, together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer
directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; provided that with
respect to any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium (as defined in the form of Note in Exhibit A),
the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this paragraph to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee
equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of the redemption
only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of the redemption;

 

(2)         the
Issuer has paid all sums payable by the Issuer under this Indenture, and

 

(3)         the
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent
under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

In the case of clause (B) of this Section 8.01,
and subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.05,
2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 (as to legal existence of the Issuer only), 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes
are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08. After the Notes are no longer outstanding,
the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.

 

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit,
the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this
Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

SECTION 8.02.         Legal
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

 

(a)          The
Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes
upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.

 

    45

     

    

 

(b)          Upon
the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.02(a) hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02(b), the Issuer
and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to
have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are
satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes
and Subsidiary Guarantees, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04
hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations
under such Notes and this Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all of their obligations under
the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged
hereunder:

 

(i)          the
rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04, and as more fully
set forth in such Section 8.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when
such payments are due;

 

(ii)         the
Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Section 4.02 hereof;

 

(iii)        the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith;
and

 

(iv)        the
provisions of this Article Eight applicable to Legal Defeasance.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight,
the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c).

 

(c)          Upon
the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer and
the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be released from
their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 (other than with respect to the legal existence
of the Issuer), 4.04, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09 and 4.10 and clause (3) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes
on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”),
and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration
or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding”
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).
For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors
may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference
in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply

 

    46

     

    

 

shall not constitute an Event of Default under
Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.
In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c),
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, clauses (3), (4), and (5) of Section 6.01 shall
not constitute Events of Default.

 

SECTION 8.03.         Conditions
to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to the
application of either Section 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

(1)         the
Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. Legal Tender, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment), in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Issuer, to pay the principal of and interest and premium, if
any, on the Notes on the stated date for payment or on the redemption date Notes;

 

(2)         in
the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming
that:

 

(a)          the
Issuer has received from, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service, a ruling, or

 

(b)          since
the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that,
and based thereon the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)         in
the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)         no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of
funds to be applied to such deposit);

 

(5)         the
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under this Indenture
or a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party

 

    47

     

    

 

or by which the Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries is bound (other than any such Default or default resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to
such deposit);

 

(6)         the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by it with the
intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding any other of its creditors; and

 

(7)         the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the conditions
provided for in, in the case of the Officers’ Certificate, clauses (1) through (6), as applicable, and, in the case of the
Opinion of Counsel, clauses (2), if applicable, and/or (3) and (5) of this Section 8.03 have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.04.         Application
of Trust Money.

 

The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in
trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article Eight, and shall apply the deposited
U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of the principal
of and the interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government
Obligations, except as it may agree with the Issuer.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee
against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited
pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal
Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of
the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

SECTION 8.05.         Repayment
to the Issuer.

 

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay
to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years;
provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense
of the Issuer cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled
to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days
from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. After
payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable
law designates another Person.

 

    48

     

    

 

SECTION 8.06.         Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to
apply any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight by reason of any legal proceeding
or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, or if the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of,
and interest on, the Notes when due, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture, and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article
Eight; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on, or principal of, any Notes because of the reinstatement
of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE
Nine

 

AMENDMENTS,
SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.01.         Without
Consent of Holders.

 

(a)          The
Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, together, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary
Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1)         to
cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

(2)         to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3)         to
provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the
case of a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets, in accordance with Article Five;

 

(4)         to
add any additional Subsidiary Guarantee by any additional Subsidiary Guarantor (which supplemental indenture need not be executed
by existing Subsidiary Guarantors);

 

(5)         to
release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture (to the extent permitted
by this Indenture);

 

(6)         to
make any change that would not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

    49

     

    

 

(7)         to
make any change to conform this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to the "Description of Notes" section
of the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer relating to the Notes dated September 16, 2015;

 

(8)         to
comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act; or

 

(9)         to
evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor trustee;

 

provided, however, that the Issuer has delivered
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies
with the provisions of this Section 9.01.

 

SECTION 9.02.         With
Consent of Holders.

 

(a)          Subject
to Section 6.07, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, together, with the written consent of the Holder or
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes
or the Subsidiary Guarantees, without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 6.07, the Holder or Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or
the Subsidiary Guarantees without notice to any other Holders.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding
Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, no amendment or waiver may:

 

(1)         change
the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note;

 

(2)         reduce
the principal amount of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Note;

 

(3)         change
the place of payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Note;

 

(4)         impair
the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity (or, in the case of a redemption,
on or after the Redemption Date) of any Note;

 

(5)         reduce
the above-stated percentages of outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is necessary to modify or amend this Indenture;

 

(6)         waive
a default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

(7)         voluntarily
release a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Notes, except as permitted by this Indenture;

 

    50

     

    

 

(8)         reduce
the percentage or aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is necessary for waiver of compliance
with Sections 6.02 and 6.04; or

 

(9)         modify
or change any provisions of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees in any manner adverse
to the Holders of the Notes.

 

(c)          It
shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(d)          A
consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with an exchange (in the
case of an exchange offer) or a tender (in the case of a tender offer) of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid
by such tender or exchange.

 

(e)          After
an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected
thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any
defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.03.         Compliance
with the Trust Indenture Act.

 

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees
shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

SECTION 9.04.         Revocation
and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes
effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of
a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.
However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee
or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders
of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement
or waiver.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated
to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver, which
record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding
the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated
proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue
to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for

 

    51

     

    

 

more than 90 days after such record date.
The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (8) of Section 9.02(b),
in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent
Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided, however,
that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, a
Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 9.05.         Notation
on or Exchange of Notes.

 

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes
the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee
with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuer’s
expense. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee
shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall
not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.06.         Trustee
To Sign Amendments, Etc. 

 

The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement
or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided, however, that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated
to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an
Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this
Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable
in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.

 

ARTICLE
Ten

 

SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTEE

 

SECTION 10.01.         Guarantee.

 

Subject to this Article Ten, each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of
this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on
the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on
the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to

 

    52

     

    

 

the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder
will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension
of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing
payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall
be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment
and not a guarantee of collection.

 

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree that
their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or
this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor
hereby waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court
in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice
and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by
any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar
official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall
not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment
in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors,
on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may
be accelerated as provided in Article Six hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction
or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable)
shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

SECTION 10.02.         Limitation
on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance
of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary
Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee.
To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby

 

    53

     

    

 

irrevocably agree that the obligations of
such Subsidiary Guarantor will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such
Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary
Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting
a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment for distribution under its Subsidiary Guarantee
is entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the adjusted net assets
of each Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

SECTION 10.03.         Execution
and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth
in Section 10.01, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the
form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor on each Note authenticated
and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by an Officer.

 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that
its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse
on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture
or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary
Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after
the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on
behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

SECTION 10.04.         Release
of a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically
and unconditionally released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture and the Registration
Rights Agreement:

 

(1)         upon
any sale, exchange or transfer to a Person not an Affiliate of the Issuer of all of the Capital Stock held by the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries in, or all or substantially all of the assets of, such Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

(2)         upon
the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall occur as
a result thereof;

 

(3)         if
the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02(b) or its Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.02(c),
or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 8.01; or

 

    54

     

    

 

(4)         if
a Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to guarantee the obligations of the Issuer under any such Indebtedness of the Issuer that would constitute
Indebtedness under clauses (1) or (2) under the definition thereof in an amount at least equal to $50 million;

 

provided, however, that in the case of clauses
(1) and (2) above, (x) such sale or other disposition is made to a Person other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and
(y) such sale or disposition is otherwise permitted by this Indenture. Upon any such occurrence specified in this Section 10.04,
at the Issuer’s request, and upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to such release have been complied with, the Trustee shall execute
any documents reasonably requested by the Issuer evidencing such release. A Person that has been released pursuant to this Section
10.04 shall cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under this Indenture from and after the date of such release unless
and until such Person again becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.09.

 

Nothing contained in this Indenture or in
any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Issuer (in which case such
Subsidiary Guarantor shall no longer be a Subsidiary Guarantor) or another Subsidiary Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance
of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

ARTICLE
Eleven

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.01.         Trust
Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits,
qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture
Act, such required or deemed provision shall control.

 

SECTION 11.02.         Notices.

 

Any notices or other communications required
or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized
overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed
as follows:

 

if to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor:

 

c/o Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.

200 International Circle, Suite 3500

Hunt Valley, Maryland  21030

Attention: Robert O. Stephenson

 

	 	Telephone:	(410) 427-1700
	 	Facsimile:	(410) 427-8800

 

    55

     

    

 

with a copy to:

 

Bryan Cave LLP

One Atlantic Center

Fourteenth Floor

1201 W. Peachtree Street, NW

Atlanta, Georgia  30309-3488

Attention:  Eliot Robinson

 

	 	Telephone:	(404) 572-6600
	 	Facsimile:	(404) 572-6999

 

if to the Trustee:

 

Two Midtown Plaza

1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW

Suite 1050, EX-GA-ATPT

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

 

	 	Telephone:	(404) 965-7218
	 	Facsimile:	(404) 365-7946

 

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written
notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication
to the Issuer and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered;
when replied to; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received
by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder
shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of
the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication
to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is
mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

SECTION 11.03.         Communications
by Holders with Other Holders.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust
Indenture Act § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary
Guarantees. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act § 312(c).

 

    56

     

    

 

SECTION 11.04.         Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer
to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

(1)         an
Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with; and

 

(2)         an
Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 11.05.         Statements
Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to
compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by
Section 4.05, shall include:

 

(1)         a
statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)         a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained
in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)         a
statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and

 

(4)         a
statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided,
however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates
of public officials.

 

SECTION 11.06.         Rules
by Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable
rules and set reasonable requirements for their functions.

 

SECTION 11.07.         Legal
Holidays.

 

If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment
may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

 

    57

     

    

 

SECTION 11.08.         Governing
Law.

 

This Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

SECTION 11.09.         No
Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret
another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement
may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.10.         No
Recourse Against Others.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator,
stockholder, member or manager or controlling person of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or this Indenture or of any Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.11.         Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer and the Subsidiary
Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee
in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

SECTION 11.12.         Duplicate
Originals.

 

All parties may sign any number of copies
of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.

 

SECTION 11.13.         Severability.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law,
in case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, in the Notes or in the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every
other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all
of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

    58

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have
caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date written above.

 

	 	OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.,
	 	as Issuer
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name: Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

  

     

     

    

 

	 	11900 EAST ARTESIA BOULEVARD, LLC
	 	1200 ELY STREET HOLDINGS CO. LLC
	 	13922 CERISE AVENUE, LLC
	 	1628 B STREET, LLC
	 	2400 PARKSIDE DRIVE, LLC
	 	2425 TELLER AVENUE, LLC
	 	245 EAST WILSHIRE AVENUE, LLC
	 	3232 ARTESIA REAL ESTATE, LLC
	 	3806 CLAYTON ROAD, LLC
	 	42235 COUNTY ROAD HOLDINGS CO. LLC
	 	446 SYCAMORE ROAD, L.L.C.
	 	48 HIGH POINT ROAD, LLC
	 	523 HAYES LANE, LLC
	 	637 EAST ROMIE LANE, LLC
	 	ALAMOGORDO AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	ALBANY STREET PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	ARIZONA LESSOR - INFINIA, LLC
	 	ARKANSAS AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	ARMA YATES, L.L.C.
	 	AVERY STREET PROPERTY, L.L.C
	 	AVIV ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.
	 	AVIV FINANCING I, L.L.C.
	 	AVIV FINANCING II, L.L.C.
	 	AVIV FINANCING III, L.L.C.
	 	AVIV FINANCING IV, L.L.C.
	 	AVIV FINANCING V, L.L.C.
	 	AVIV FOOTHILLS, L.L.C.
	 	AVIV HEALTHCARE CAPITAL CORPORATION
	 	AVIV HEALTHCARE PROPERTIES
	 	OPERATING PARTNERSHIP I, L.P.
	 	AVIV LIBERTY, L.L.C.
	 	AVON OHIO, L.L.C.
	 	BALA CYNWYD REAL ESTATE, LP
	 	BAYSIDE COLORADO HEALTHCARE ASSOCIATES, LLC
	 	BAYSIDE STREET II, LLC
	 	BAYSIDE STREET, LLC
	 	BELLEVILLE ILLINOIS, L.L.C.

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

  

	 	BELLINGHAM II ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	BETHEL ALF PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	BHG AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	BIGLERVILLE ROAD, L.L.C.
	 	BONHAM TEXAS, L.L.C.
	 	BRADENTON ALF PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	BURTON NH PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	CALIFORNIA AVIV TWO, L.L.C.
	 	CALIFORNIA AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	CAMAS ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	CANTON HEALTH CARE LAND, LLC
	 	CARNEGIE GARDENS LLC
	 	CASA/SIERRA CALIFORNIA ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	CFG 2115 WOODSTOCK PLACE LLC
	 	CHAMPAIGN WILLIAMSON FRANKLIN, L.L.C.
	 	CHARDON OHIO PROPERTY HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
	 	CHARDON OHIO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	CHATHAM AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	CHIPPEWA VALLEY, L.L.C.
	 	CHR BARTOW LLC
	 	CHR BOCA RATON LLC
	 	CHR BRADENTON LLC
	 	CHR CAPE CORAL LLC
	 	CHR FORT MYERS LLC
	 	CHR FORT WALTON BEACH LLC
	 	CHR LAKE WALES LLC
	 	CHR LAKELAND LLC
	 	CHR POMPANO BEACH BROWARD LLC
	 	CHR POMPANO BEACH LLC
	 	CHR SANFORD LLC
	 	CHR SPRING HILL LLC
	 	CHR ST. PETE BAY LLC
	 	CHR ST. PETE EGRET LLC
	 	CHR TAMPA CARROLLWOOD LLC
	 	CHR TAMPA LLC
	 	CHR TARPON SPRINGS LLC
	 	CHR TITUSVILLE LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	CLARKSTON CARE, L.L.C.
	 	CLAYTON ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	COLONIAL GARDENS, LLC
	 	COLONIAL MADISON ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	COLORADO LESSOR - CONIFER, LLC
	 	COLUMBUS TEXAS AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	COLUMBUS WESTERN AVENUE, L.L.C.
	 	COLVILLE WASHINGTON PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	COMMERCE NURSING HOMES, L.L.C.
	 	COMMERCE STERLING HART DRIVE, L.L.C.
	 	CONROE RIGBY OWEN ROAD, L.L.C.
	 	CR AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	CRETE PLUS FIVE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	CROOKED RIVER ROAD, L.L.C.
	 	CSE ALBANY LLC
	 	CSE AMARILLO LLC
	 	CSE ARDEN L.P.
	 	CSE AUGUSTA LLC
	 	CSE BEDFORD LLC
	 	CSE BLOUNTVILLE LLC
	 	CSE BOLIVAR LLC
	 	CSE CAMBRIDGE LLC
	 	CSE CAMBRIDGE REALTY LLC
	 	CSE CAMDEN LLC
	 	CSE CANTON LLC
	 	CSE CASABLANCA HOLDINGS II LLC
	 	CSE CASABLANCA HOLDINGS LLC
	 	CSE CEDAR RAPIDS LLC
	 	CSE CENTENNIAL VILLAGE, LP
	 	CSE CHELMSFORD LLC
	 	CSE CHESTERTON LLC
	 	CSE CLAREMONT LLC
	 	CSE CORPUS NORTH LLC
	 	CSE DENVER ILIFF LLC
	 	CSE DENVER LLC
	 	CSE DOUGLAS LLC
	 	CSE ELKTON LLC
	 	CSE ELKTON REALTY LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	CSE FAIRHAVEN LLC
	 	CSE FORT WAYNE LLC
	 	CSE FRANKSTON LLC
	 	CSE GEORGETOWN LLC
	 	CSE GREEN BAY LLC
	 	CSE HILLIARD LLC
	 	CSE HUNTINGDON LLC
	 	CSE HUNTSVILLE LLC
	 	CSE INDIANAPOLIS-CONTINENTAL LLC
	 	CSE INDIANAPOLIS-GREENBRIAR LLC
	 	CSE JACINTO CITY LLC
	 	CSE JEFFERSON CITY LLC
	 	CSE JEFFERSONVILLE-HILLCREST CENTER LLC
	 	CSE JEFFERSONVILLE-JENNINGS HOUSE LLC
	 	CSE KERRVILLE LLC
	 	CSE KING L.P.
	 	CSE KINGSPORT LLC
	 	CSE KNIGHTDALE L.P.
	 	CSE LAKE CITY LLC
	 	CSE LAKE WORTH LLC
	 	CSE LAKEWOOD LLC
	 	CSE LAS VEGAS LLC
	 	CSE LAWRENCEBURG LLC
	 	CSE LENOIR L.P.
	 	CSE LEXINGTON PARK LLC
	 	CSE LEXINGTON PARK REALTY LLC
	 	CSE LIGONIER LLC
	 	CSE LIVE OAK LLC
	 	CSE LOWELL LLC
	 	CSE MARIANNA HOLDINGS LLC
	 	CSE MEMPHIS LLC
	 	CSE MOBILE LLC
	 	CSE MOORE LLC
	 	CSE NORTH CAROLINA HOLDINGS I LLC
	 	CSE NORTH CAROLINA HOLDINGS II LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	CSE OMRO LLC
	 	CSE ORANGE PARK LLC
	 	CSE ORLANDO-PINAR TERRACE MANOR LLC
	 	CSE ORLANDO-TERRA VISTA REHAB LLC
	 	CSE PENNSYLVANIA HOLDINGS, LP
	 	CSE PIGGOTT LLC
	 	CSE PILOT POINT LLC
	 	CSE PINE VIEW LLC
	 	CSE PONCA CITY LLC
	 	CSE PORT ST. LUCIE LLC
	 	CSE RICHMOND LLC
	 	CSE RIPLEY LLC
	 	CSE RIPON LLC
	 	CSE SAFFORD LLC
	 	CSE SALINA LLC
	 	CSE SEMINOLE LLC
	 	CSE SHAWNEE LLC
	 	CSE SPRING BRANCH LLC
	 	CSE STILLWATER LLC
	 	CSE TAYLORSVILLE LLC
	 	CSE TEXARKANA LLC
	 	CSE TEXAS CITY LLC
	 	CSE THE VILLAGE LLC
	 	CSE UPLAND LLC
	 	CSE WALNUT COVE L.P.
	 	CSE WEST POINT LLC
	 	CSE WHITEHOUSE LLC
	 	CSE WILLIAMSPORT LLC
	 	CSE WINTER HAVEN LLC
	 	CSE WOODFIN L.P.
	 	CSE YORKTOWN LLC
	 	CUYAHOGA FALLS PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	DALLAS TWO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	DANBURY ALF PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	DARIEN ALF PROPERTY, L.L.C.

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	DELTA INVESTORS I, LLC
	 	DELTA INVESTORS II, LLC
	 	DENISON TEXAS, L.L.C.
	 	DESERT LANE LLC
	 	DIXIE WHITE HOUSE NURSING HOME, LLC
	 	DIXON HEALTH CARE CENTER, LLC
	 	EAST ROLLINS STREET, L.L.C.
	 	EDGEWOOD DRIVE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	EFFINGHAM ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	ELITE MATTOON, L.L.C.
	 	ELITE YORKVILLE, L.L.C.
	 	ENCANTO SENIOR CARE, LLC
	 	FALCON FOUR PROPERTY HOLDING, L.L.C.
	 	FALCON FOUR PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	FALFURRIAS TEXAS, L.L.C.
	 	FLORIDA ALF PROPERTIES, L.L.C.
	 	FLORIDA FOUR PROPERTIES, L.L.C.
	 	FLORIDA LESSOR – MEADOWVIEW, LLC
	 	FLORIDA REAL ESTATE COMPANY, LLC
	 	FORT STOCKTON PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	FOUR FOUNTAINS AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	FREDERICKSBURG SOUTH ADAMS STREET, L.L.C.
	 	FREEWATER OREGON, L.L.C.
	 	FULLERTON CALIFORNIA, L.L.C.
	 	G&L GARDENS, LLC
	 	GARDNERVILLE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	GEORGIA LESSOR - BONTERRA/PARKVIEW, LLC
	 	GERMANTOWN PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	GILTEX CARE, L.L.C.
	 	GLENDALE NH PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	GOLDEN HILL REAL ESTATE COMPANY, LLC
	 	GONZALES TEXAS PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	GREAT BEND PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	GREENBOUGH, LLC
	 	GREENVILLE KENTUCKY PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	HERITAGE MONTEREY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	HHM AVIV, L.L.C.

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	HIDDEN ACRES PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	HIGHLAND LEASEHOLD, L.L.C.
	 	HOBBS ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	HOT SPRINGS ATRIUM OWNER, LLC
	 	HOT SPRINGS AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	HOT SPRINGS COTTAGES OWNER, LLC
	 	HOT SPRINGS MARINA OWNER, LLC
	 	HOUSTON TEXAS AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	HUTCHINSON KANSAS, L.L.C.
	 	HUTTON I LAND, LLC
	 	HUTTON II LAND, LLC
	 	HUTTON III LAND, LLC
	 	IDAHO ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	ILLINOIS MISSOURI PROPERTIES, L.L.C.
	 	INDIANA LESSOR – WELLINGTON MANOR, LLC
	 	IOWA LINCOLN COUNTY PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	JASPER SPRINGHILL STREET, L.L.C.
	 	KANSAS FIVE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	KARAN ASSOCIATES TWO, L.L.C.
	 	KARAN ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	KARISSA COURT PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	KB NORTHWEST ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	KENTUCKY NH PROPERTIES, L.L.C.
	 	KINGSVILLE TEXAS, L.L.C.
	 	LAD I REAL ESTATE COMPANY, LLC
	 	LEATHERMAN 90-1, LLC
	 	LEATHERMAN PARTNERSHIP 89-1, LLC
	 	LEATHERMAN PARTNERSHIP 89-2, LLC
	 	LOUISVILLE DUTCHMANS PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	MAGNOLIA DRIVE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	MANOR ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	MANSFIELD AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	MASSACHUSETTS NURSING HOMES, L.L.C.
	 	MCCARTHY STREET PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	MERIDIAN ARMS LAND, LLC
	 	MINNESOTA ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	MISHAWAKA PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	MISSOURI ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	MISSOURI REGENCY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	MONTANA ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	MONTEREY PARK LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE, L.L.C.
	 	MOUNT WASHINGTON PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	MT. VERNON TEXAS, L.L.C.
	 	MURRAY COUNTY, L.L.C.
	 	MUSCATINE TOLEDO PROPERTIES, L.L.C.
	 	N.M. BLOOMFIELD THREE PLUS ONE LIMITED COMPANY
	 	N.M. ESPANOLA THREE PLUS ONE LIMITED COMPANY
	 	N.M. LORDSBURG THREE PLUS ONE LIMITED COMPANY
	 	N.M. SILVER CITY THREE PLUS ONE LIMITED COMPANY
	 	NEW HOPE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	NEWTOWN ALF PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	NICHOLASVILLE KENTUCKY PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	NORTH LAS VEGAS LLC
	 	NORTH ROYALTON OHIO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	NORWALK ALF PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	NRS VENTURES, L.L.C.
	 	OAKLAND NURSING HOMES, L.L.C.
	 	OCEAN SPRINGS NURSING HOME, LLC
	 	OCTOBER ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	OGDEN ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	OHI (CONNECTICUT), LLC
	 	OHI (ILLINOIS), LLC
	 	OHI (INDIANA), LLC
	 	OHI (IOWA), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) ASH FLAT, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) CAMDEN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) CONWAY, LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	OHI ASSET (AR) DES ARC, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) HOT SPRINGS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) MALVERN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) MENA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) POCAHONTAS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) SHERIDAN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AR) WALNUT RIDGE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (AZ) AUSTIN HOUSE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (CA), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (CO), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (CT) LENDER, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (FL) LAKE PLACID, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (FL) LENDER, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (FL) LUTZ, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (FL), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (GA) DUNWOODY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (GA) MACON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (GA) MOULTRIE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (GA) ROSWELL, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (GA) SNELLVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (ID) HOLLY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (ID) MIDLAND, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (ID), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IL), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) AMERICAN VILLAGE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) ANDERSON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) BEECH GROVE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) CLARKSVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) CLINTON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) CONNERSVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) CROWN POINT, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) EAGLE VALLEY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) ELKHART, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) FOREST CREEK, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) FORT WAYNE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) FRANKLIN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) GREENSBURG, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) INDIANAPOLIS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) JASPER, LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	OHI ASSET (IN) KOKOMO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) LAFAYETTE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) MADISON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) MONTICELLO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) NOBLESVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) ROSEWALK, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) SALEM, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) SEYMOUR, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) SPRING MILL, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) TERRE HAUTE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) WABASH, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) WESTFIELD, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (IN) ZIONSVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (LA) BATON ROUGE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (LA), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MD), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MI) HEATHER HILLS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MI), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MO), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) BYHALIA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) CLEVELAND, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) CLINTON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) COLUMBIA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) CORINTH, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) GREENWOOD, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) GRENADA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) HOLLY SPRINGS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) INDIANOLA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) NATCHEZ, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) PICAYUNE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) VICKSBURG, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (MS) YAZOO CITY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (NC) WADESBORO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (NY) 2ND AVENUE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (NY) 93RD STREET, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (OH) LENDER, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (OH), LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	OHI ASSET (OR) PORTLAND, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (OR) TROUTDALE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (PA) GP, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (PA) WEST MIFFLIN, LP
	 	OHI ASSET (PA), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (PA), LP
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) AIKEN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) ANDERSON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) EASLEY ANNE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) EASLEY CRESTVIEW, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) EDGEFIELD, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) GREENVILLE GRIFFITH, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) GREENVILLE LAURENS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) GREENVILLE NORTH, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) GREENVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) GREER, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) MARIETTA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) MCCORMICK, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) ORANGEBURG, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) PICKENS EAST CEDAR, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) PICKENS ROSEMOND, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) PIEDMONT, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) SIMPSONVILLE SE MAIN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) SIMPSONVILLE WEST BROAD, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (SC) SIMPSONVILLE WEST CURTIS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TN) BARTLETT, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TN) COLLIERVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TN) JEFFERSON CITY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TN) MEMPHIS, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TN) ROGERSVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) ANDERSON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) BRYAN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) BURLESON, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) COLLEGE STATION, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) COMFORT, LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	OHI ASSET (TX) DIBOLL, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) GRANBURY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) HONDO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) ITALY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX) WINNSBORO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (TX), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (UT) OGDEN, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (UT) PROVO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (UT) ROY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (VA) CHARLOTTESVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (VA) FARMVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (VA) HILLSVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (VA) ROCKY MOUNT, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (WA) BATTLE GROUND, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (WV) DANVILLE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET (WV) IVYDALE, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET CHG ALF, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET CSB LLC
	 	OHI ASSET CSE–E SUBSIDIARY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET CSE–E, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET CSE–U SUBSIDIARY, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET CSE–U, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET HUD CFG, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET HUD DELTA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET HUD H-F, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET HUD SF CA, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET HUD SF, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET HUD WO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET II (CA), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET II (FL), LLC
	 	OHI ASSET II (PA), LP
	 	OHI ASSET III (PA), LP
	 	OHI ASSET IV (PA) SILVER LAKE, LP
	 	OHI ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET RO PMM SERVICES, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET RO, LLC
	 	OHI ASSET, LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	OHI HEALTHCARE PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
	 	OHI HEALTHCARE PROPERTIES HOLDCO, INC.
	 	OHI MEZZ LENDER, LLC
	 	OHI TENNESSEE, LLC
	 	OHIMA, LLC
	 	OHIO AVIV THREE, L.L.C.
	 	OHIO AVIV TWO, L.L.C.
	 	OHIO AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	OHIO INDIANA PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	OHIO PENNSYLVANIA PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	OKLAHOMA TWO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	OKLAHOMA WARR WIND, L.L.C.
	 	OMAHA ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	OMEGA TRS I, INC.
	 	ORANGE ALF PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	ORANGE VILLAGE CARE CENTER, LLC
	 	ORANGE, L.L.C.
	 	OREGON ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	OSO AVENUE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	OSTROM AVENUE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	PALM VALLEY SENIOR CARE, LLC
	 	PANAMA CITY NURSING CENTER LLC
	 	PAVILLION NORTH PARTNERS, LLC
	 	PAVILLION NORTH, LLP
	 	PAVILLION NURSING CENTER NORTH, LLC
	 	PEABODY ASSOCIATES TWO, L.L.C.
	 	PEABODY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	PENNINGTON ROAD PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	PENSACOLA REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS I, LLC
	 	PENSACOLA REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS II, LLC
	 	PENSACOLA REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS III, LLC
	 	PENSACOLA REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS IV, LLC
	 	PENSACOLA REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS V, LLC

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	POCATELLO IDAHO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	POMONA VISTA L.L.C.
	 	PRESCOTT ARKANSAS, L.L.C.
	 	PV REALTY-WILLOW TREE, LLC
	 	RATON PROPERTY LIMITED COMPANY
	 	RAVENNA OHIO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	RED ROCKS, L.L.C.
	 	RICHLAND WASHINGTON, L.L.C.
	 	RIDGECREST SENIOR CARE, LLC
	 	RIVERSIDE NURSING HOME ASSOCIATES TWO, L.L.C.
	 	RIVERSIDE NURSING HOME ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	ROCKINGHAM DRIVE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	ROSE BALDWIN PARK PROPERTY L.L.C.
	 	S.C. PORTFOLIO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	SALEM ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	SAN JUAN NH PROPERTY, LLC
	 	SANDALWOOD ARKANSAS PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	SANTA ANA-BARTLETT, L.L.C.
	 	SANTA FE MISSOURI ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	SAVOY/BONHAM VENTURE, L.L.C.
	 	SEARCY AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	SEDGWICK PROPERTIES, L.L.C.
	 	SEGUIN TEXAS PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	SIERRA PONDS PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	SKYLER BOYINGTON, LLC
	 	SKYLER FLORIDA, LLC
	 	SKYLER MAITLAND LLC
	 	SKYLER PENSACOLA, LLC
	 	SKYVIEW ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	SOUTHEAST MISSOURI PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA NEVADA, L.L.C.
	 	ST. JOSEPH MISSOURI PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	ST. MARY’S PROPERTIES, LLC
	 	STAR CITY ARKANSAS, L.L.C.

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	STEPHENVILLE TEXAS PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	STERLING ACQUISITION, LLC
	 	STEVENS AVENUE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	SUN-MESA PROPERTIES, L.L.C.
	 	SUWANEE, LLC
	 	TEXAS FIFTEEN PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	TEXAS FOUR PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	TEXAS LESSOR – STONEGATE GP, LLC
	 	TEXAS LESSOR – STONEGATE, LIMITED, LLC
	 	TEXAS LESSOR – STONEGATE, LP
	 	TEXHOMA AVENUE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	THE SUBURBAN PAVILION, LLC
	 	TUJUNGA, L.L.C.
	 	TULARE COUNTY PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	VRB AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	WASHINGTON IDAHO PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	WASHINGTON LESSOR – SILVERDALE, LLC
	 	WASHINGTON-OREGON ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	WATAUGA ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	WELLINGTON LEASEHOLD, L.L.C.
	 	WEST PEARL STREET, L.L.C.
	 	WEST YARMOUTH PROPERTY I, L.L.C.
	 	WESTERVILLE OHIO OFFICE PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	WHEELER HEALTHCARE ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
	 	WHITLOCK STREET PROPERTY, L.L.C.
	 	WILCARE, LLC
	 	WILLIS TEXAS AVIV, L.L.C.
	 	YUBA AVIV, L.L.C.

 

	 	as Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Name:	Robert O. Stephenson
	 	 	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

 

	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 	as Trustee
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ David Ferrell
	 	 	Name:	David Ferrell
	 	 	Title:	Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant
to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant
to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC.

5.250% Senior Notes due 2026

  

	 	CUSIP No.
	No.  [          ]	$

 

OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC., a Maryland
corporation (the “Issuer”), for value received promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns,
the principal sum of [          ] DOLLARS [or such other amount as is provided
in a schedule attached hereto]a on January 15, 2026.

 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July
15, commencing January 15, 2016.

 

Record Dates: December 31 and June 30.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions
of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

a   This language should be included
only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

    A-1 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused
this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

 

Dated:

 

	 	OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS,

INC., as Issuer
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	 Title:

 

    A-2 

     

    

 

[FORM OF] TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the 5.250% Senior Notes due
2026 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

	 	U.S. Bank National Association,
	 	as Trustee
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory

 

    A-3 

     

    

 

(Reverse of Note)

5.250% Senior Notes due 2026

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

SECTION 1.  Interest. Omega Healthcare
Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Issuer”) promises to pay interest on the principal amount of
this Note at 5.250% per annum from September 23, 2015 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually on January 15
and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest
Payment Date”), commencing January 15, 2016. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest
has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from September 23, 2015. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to
the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from
time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.

 

SECTION 2.  Method of Payment. The
Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on December
31 or June 30 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before
such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes
will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall pay principal,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment
is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose except that, at the
option of the Issuer, the payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses
set forth in the register of Holders of Notes. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in
New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

 

SECTION 3.  Paying Agent
and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Issuer
or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

SECTION 4.  Indenture. The Issuer
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 23, 2015 (“Indenture”) by and among the Issuer, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the
“Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms,

 

    A-4 

     

    

 

and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture
Act for a statement of such terms.

 

SECTION 5.  Optional Redemption.
The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time, and from time to time, upon not less
than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice. If the Notes are redeemed prior to October 15, 2025, the Redemption Price
will be equal to the greater of:

 

(a)       100% of the principal amount of the
Notes to be redeemed, and

 

(b)       the sum of the present values of the
remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the applicable
Redemption Date) discounted to such Redemption Date on a semiannual basis, assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months, at the Treasury Rate plus 45 basis points (the “Applicable Premium”),

 

plus, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) above, accrued and
unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the applicable Redemption Date; provided, however, that if the Redemption
Date falls after the Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Issuer will pay the full amount
of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of Notes at the close of business on the corresponding
Record Date (instead of the holder surrendering its Notes for redemption).

 

If the Notes are redeemed on or after October
15, 2025, the Redemption Price will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to, but not including, such Redemption Date.

 

“Treasury Rate” means (1)
the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published
statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant
maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury
Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the remaining life of the Notes, yields for the two published maturities
most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated
from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month), or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is
not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual
equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed
as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for the applicable Redemption Date. The Treasury
Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the applicable Redemption Date.

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue”
means, with respect to any Redemption Date for the Notes, the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment
Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be

 

    A-5 

     

    

 

redeemed that would be utilized, at the time
of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable
maturity to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price”
means, with respect to any Redemption Date for the Notes:

 

(i)        the average of five Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations,
or

 

(ii)       if the Issuer obtains
fewer than five but more than one such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, the average of all such quotations,
or

 

(iii)       if the Issuer obtains
only one such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation for such Redemption Date, that Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation.

 

“Independent Investment Banker”
means, with respect to any Redemption Date for the Notes, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed
by the Issuer with respect to such Redemption Date.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer”
means (1) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and (2) any two other Primary Treasury
Dealer selected by the Issuer; provided, however, that if any Reference Treasury Dealers referred to in clause (1)
above ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Issuer will substitute
therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations”
means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date for the Notes, the average, as determined by the
Issuer, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal
amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business
Day preceding the applicable redemption date.

 

SECTION 6.  [Reserved].

 

SECTION 7.  Notice of Redemption.
Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date
to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in
part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued
in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

SECTION 8.  Mandatory Redemption.
The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

 

    A-6 

     

    

 

SECTION 9.  [Reserved]. 

 

SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer,
Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar
and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer
may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer and the Registrar are
not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer and the Registrar are not required to
transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners.
The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

SECTION 12. Amendment, Supplement and
Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees may
be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties
thereto may also amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees under the limited circumstances provided
in the Indenture.

 

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies.
If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding
Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the
Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes
notice of any continuing Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive
any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the
principal of, or the premium on, the Notes.

 

SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants.
The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries to incur
indebtedness or to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets, and require the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,
on a consolidated basis, to maintain a minimum ratio of Total Unencumbered Assets to Unsecured Indebtedness. The limitations are
subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with
such limitations and other provisions in the Indenture.

 

    A-7 

     

    

 

SECTION 15.No Recourse Against Others.
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or manager or controlling person of the Issuer or any Subsidiary
Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture, or of any Subsidiary Guarantor
under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part
of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 16.Subsidiary Guarantees.
This Note will be entitled to the benefits of certain Subsidiary Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is
hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder
of the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

SECTION 17.Trustee Dealings with the
Issuer. Subject to certain terms, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were
not the Trustee.

 

SECTION 18.Authentication. This
Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

SECTION 19.Abbreviations. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A
(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

SECTION 20.Additional Rights of Holders
of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which
the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for a 5.250% Senior Note due 2026 of the Issuer which shall
have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to
this Note (except that such Note shall not be entitled to Additional Interest and shall not contain terms with respect to transfer
restrictions). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated
or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of
the Registration Rights Agreement.b

 

SECTION 21.CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused
CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders. No representation is made

 

 

		b	This Section not to appear on Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes or Additional Notes unless required by the terms
of such Additional Notes.

 

    A-8 

     

    

 

as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

SECTION 22.Governing Law. This
Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

    A-9 

     

    

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)	 
	 	 
	 	 
	(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)	 

 

and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________
agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

	Dated:  _________________	Signed:  	 
		 	(Sign exactly as name appears on
	 	 	the other side of this Note)

 

	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)	 

 

In connection with any transfer of this Note
occurring prior to the date which is the date following the second anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned
confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer and is making
the transfer pursuant to one of the following:

 

[Check One]

 

(1) ___to the Issuer or a
subsidiary thereof; or

 

(2) ___to a person who the
transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

(3) ___to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished
to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from
the Trustee); or

 

(4) ___outside the United
States to a non-“U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance
with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

(5) ___pursuant to the exemption
from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

    A-10 

     

    

 

(6) ___pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred
to an “affiliate” of the Issuer as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “Affiliate”):

 

☐          The transferee is an Affiliate of the
Issuer.

 

Unless one of the foregoing items (1) through
(6) is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other
than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if item (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee
may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications
(including an investment letter in the case of box (3) or (4)) and other information as the Trustee or the Issuer has reasonably
requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.

 

If none of the foregoing items (1) through
(6) are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16 of
the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

	Dated:  _________________	Signed:  	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as name appears on	 
	 	 	the other side of this Note)	 

 

	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)	 

 

    A-11 

     

    

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that
it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and
that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information
regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information
and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

	Dated:  _________________	 	 	 
	 	NOTICE:	To be executed by an executive officer	 

 

    A-12 

     

    

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE
GLOBAL NOTEc

 

The following exchanges of a part of this
Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical
Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

	Date of Exchange
		Amount of decrease in

        Principal Amount of

        this Global Note
		Amount of increase in

        Principal Amount of

        this Global Note
		Principal Amount of

        this Global Note

        following such

decrease (or increase)
		Signature of

        authorized officer of

        Trustee or Note

        Custodian

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

 

 

c   This schedule should be included
only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

    A-13 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF LEGENDS

 

Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes
a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until
after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuer and the Holder thereof or if such legend
is no longer required by Section 2.16(f) of the Indenture:

 

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)
EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT
PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH
SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR (iii) PURSUANT
TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY
ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION
CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

Each Global Note authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall also bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN
THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY
OR A

 

    B-1 

     

    

 

SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE
IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED
CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY
TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE
REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.
OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH
OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE
BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE
SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S
NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET
FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

    B-2 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Certificate
To Be

Delivered in Connection with

Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors

 

[                  ],
[     ]

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Two Midtown Plaza

1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW

Suite 1050, EX-GA-ATPT

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

T: (404) 965-7218

F: (404) 365-7946

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of
5.250% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) of OMEGA HEALTHCARE INVESTORS, INC., a Maryland corporation (the
“Issuer”), we confirm that:

 

1.             We understand that any subsequent
transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”)
and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with,
such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all
applicable state securities laws.

 

2.             We understand that the offer
and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold, pledged or
otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts
for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell, offer, pledge or otherwise transfer any Notes, we will do
so only (A) to the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, (B) inside the United States to a “qualified
institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction complying with Rule 144A
under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished
on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating
to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from such Trustee), (D) outside the
United States in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided
by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (F) in accordance with another exemption from

 

    C-1 

     

    

 

the registration requirements of
the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if we so request) or (G) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such
purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

 

3.             We are not acquiring the
Notes for or on behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), any plan, individual retirement accounts or other arrangements
subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or provisions under
any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code or
any entity whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts or arrangements,
except as permitted in the Section entitled “Notice to investors” of the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer relating
to the Notes dated September 16, 2015.

 

4.             We understand that, on any
proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such certification, legal opinions and
other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing
restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

5.             We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act)
and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of
our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or
their investment, as the case may be.

 

6.             We are acquiring the Notes
purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”)
as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

    C-2 

     

    

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuer, counsel for the
Issuer and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof
to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	 	Very truly yours,
	 	[Name of Transferee]
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

    C-3 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered

in Connection with Transfers

      Pursuant to Regulation S     

 

[                ],
[     ]

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Two Midtown Plaza

1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW

Suite 1050, EX-GA-ATPT

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

T: (404) 965-7218

F: (404) 365-7946

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

 

	 	Re:	Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc. (the “Issuer”)	 
	 	 	5.250% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”)	 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $600,000,000
aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation
S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(1)         the offer of the Notes
was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2)         either (a) at the time
the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably
believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities
of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been
prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3)         no directed selling efforts
have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation
S, as applicable;

 

(4)         the transaction is not
part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5)         we have advised the transferee
of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

 

    D-1 

     

    

 

You, as Trustee, the Issuer, counsel for the
Issuer and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof
to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

	 	Very truly yours,
	 	[Name of Transferor]
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory

 

    D-2 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT E

 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each of the undersigned
(including any successor Person under the Indenture) hereby unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, to the extent set
forth in the Indenture (as defined below) to the Holder of this Note the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on
this Note in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any,
of this Note when due, if lawful, and, to the extent permitted by law, the payment or performance of all other obligations of the
Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the
terms and limitations of this Note, the Indenture, including Article Ten thereof, and this Subsidiary Guarantee. This Subsidiary
Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article Ten of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity
and enforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of September 23, 2015, among Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.,
a Maryland corporation (the “Issuer”), the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association,
as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended or supplemented (the “Indenture”).

 

The obligations of the undersigned to the
Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article
Ten of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee and all of
the other provisions of the Indenture to which this Subsidiary Guarantee relates.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator,
stockholder, member or manager or controlling person of any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of such Subsidiary Guarantor under such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligation or its creation.

 

This Subsidiary Guarantee shall be governed
by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

This Subsidiary Guarantee is subject to release
upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

    E-1 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Subsidiary Guarantor
has caused its Subsidiary Guarantee to be duly executed.

 

Date:

 

	 	[                                   ]
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

    E-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00249-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00249-of-00352.parquet"}]]